Login| Sign Up| Help| Contact|

Patent Searching and Data


Title:
HETEROCYCLIC PEPTIDE RENIN INHIBITORS
Document Type and Number:
WIPO Patent Application WO/1990/004917
Kind Code:
A1
Abstract:
A renin inhibiting compound of formula (I) wherein X is N, O or CH; R1 is absent or a functional group; A and L are independently selected from absent, C=O, SO2 and CH2; D is C=O, SO2 or CH2; Y is N or CH; R2 is hydrogen, loweralkyl or substituted alkyl; Z is a functional group; R3 is loweralkyl or substituted alkyl; n is 0 or 1; and T is a mimic of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof.

Inventors:
Biswannath Zydowsky, Thomas DE. N.
Baker, William R.
Dellaria, Joseph F.
Rosenberg, Saul H.
Jae, Hwan Soo
Application Number:
PCT/US1989/004649
Publication Date:
May 17, 1990
Filing Date:
October 18, 1989
Export Citation:
Click for automatic bibliography generation   Help
Assignee:
ABBOTT LABORATORIES DE, Biswannath ZYDOWSKY, Thomas, N
Baker, William R.
Dellaria, Joseph F.
Rosenberg, Saul H.
Jae, Hwan Soo
International Classes:
C07D253/06; A61K31/415; A61K31/4166; A61K31/42; A61K31/421; A61K31/445; A61K31/4465; A61K31/451; A61K31/495; A61K31/496; A61K31/505; A61K31/535; A61K31/5375; A61K31/5377; A61K31/54; A61P9/04; A61P9/12; A61P31/12; A61P43/00; C07D211/14; C07D211/76; C07D211/84; C07D211/86; C07D211/88; C07D213/74; C07D233/30; C07D233/54; C07D239/42; C07D241/04; C07D241/08; C07D243/08; C07D263/04; C07D263/06; C07D263/10; C07D263/18; C07D263/22; C07D263/24; C07D263/26; C07D265/32; C07D277/20; C07D277/32; C07D295/15; C07D403/04; C07D403/06; C07D413/04; C07D413/06; C07D413/14; C07D417/06; C07D417/12; C07K5/078; A61K38/00; (IPC1-7): A61K31/395; A61K31/415; A61K31/42; A61K31/425; A61K31/44; A61K31/445; A61K31/495; A61K31/505; A61K31/53; C07D211/40; C07D223/06; C07D225/02; C07D233/54; C07D237/02; C07D239/04; C07D239/20; C07D243/02; C07D243/04; C07D243/08; C07D263/30; C07D265/06; C07D265/32; C07D267/02; C07D277/20
Domestic Patent References:
WO1987002581A11987-05-07
WO1988005050A11988-07-14
WO1987002374A11987-04-23
WO1987005302A21987-09-11
Foreign References:
US4705846A1987-11-10
US4725584A1988-02-16
US4680284A1987-07-14
US4645759A1987-02-24
US4654551A1987-03-31
EP0230266A21987-07-29
US4758584A1988-07-19
US4713445A1987-12-15
US4755592A1988-07-05
US4812442A1989-03-14
EP0228192A21987-07-08
AU7622287A1988-02-04
US4657931A1987-04-14
US4585774A1986-04-29
US3796703A1974-03-12
US4826815A1989-05-02
US4725580A1988-02-16
US3121717A1964-02-18
US4029650A1977-06-14
US4548926A1985-10-22
Other References:
CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS, Volume 108, No. 5, issued 1988, 1 February, (Columbus, Ohio, USA) BREIPOHL the Astract No. 38432d DE 3,608,248.
See also references of EP 0439556A4
Download PDF:
Claims:
Γ.T.ATMSWHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A compound of the formula: wherein X is (I) N, (II) O or (III) CH; is (I) absent, (II) hydrogen, (III) an Nprotecting group, (IV) aryl, (V) heterocyclic, or (VI) RfiQ_ wherein 1) R6 is i) loweralkyl, ii) amino, iii) alkylamino, iv) dialkylamino, v) (alkoxyalkyl) (alkyl) amino, vi) (alkoxyalkoxyalkyl) (alkyl) amino, vii) aryl, viii) arylalkyl, ix) aminoalkyl, x) (Nprotected) aminoalkyl, xi) alkoxy, xii) substituted loweralkyl wherein the substituent is selected from alkoxy, thioalkoxy, halogen, alkylamino, (Nprotected) (alkyl) amino and dialkylamino, xiii) wherein m is 1 to 5 and R_ is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, polyalkoxy, amino, (Nprotected) amino, alkylamino, (Nprotected) (alkyl)amino or dialkylamino; or xiv) wherein RQ is 0, S, S02, 0=C or RgN wherein Rq is hydrogen, loweralkyl or an Nprotecting group; and 2) Q is i) C=0 or ϋ) CH2, with the proviso that X is N when R. is an Nprotecting group; (VII) R54S (0) 2 wherein R54 is .amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, loweralkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, pbiphenyl, heterocyclic or (VIII) (R55) 2P (0) wherein R55 is alkoxy, alkylamino or dialkylamino; A and L are independently selected from (I) absent, (II) C=0, (III) S02 and (IV) CH2; D is (I) C=0, (II) S02 o: (III) CH2; Y is (I) N or (II) CH; R2 is (I) hydrogen, (II) loweralkyl, (III) cycloalkylalkyl, (IV) CH2R1Q(CH2) R11 wherein q is 0, 1 or 2, R.Q is absent or R. Q is 0, NH or S only when q is 1 or 2, and R11 is i) aryl or ii) heterocyclic; Z is (I) hydrogen or (II) R28C(0)R29, R28S(0)2R29 or R28C(S)R29 wherein R28 is i) NH, ii) N(R200) wherein R200 is loweralkyl or benzyl or iii) CH_ and R29 is i) alkoxy, ii) benzyloxy, iii) alkylamino, iv) dialkylamino, v) aryl or vi) heterocyclic; R3 is (I) hydrogen, (II) loweralkyl, (III) loweralkenyl, (IV) cycloalkylalkyl, (V) cycloalkenylalkyl, (VI) alkoxyalkyl, (VII) thioalkoxyalkyl, (VIIII) (alkoxyalkoxy) alkyl, (IX) (polyalkoxy) alkyl, (X) arylalkyl or (XI) (heterocyclic) alkyl; n is 0 or 1; and T is a mimic of the LeuVal cleavage site of angiotensinogen; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof; with the proviso that T is not NHCH(R4)CH(OH)CH2CH(R26)C(O)NHCH(R27)C(O)NHCH2—ζ wherein R7f is loweralkyl and R~η is loweralkyl, when XR is CH„; and n is 0; and A is absent or CH„; and D is C=0; and L is CH«; and Y is N; and R_ is loweralkyl, cycloalkylmethyl, CHACHA R.. wherein q is 0, 1 or 2 and R is aryl or heterocyclic; Z is hydrogen or NHC(0)R2g wherein R2<) is alkoxy, benzyloxy or an unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclic; and R3 is loweralkyl, CH2SCH3, benzyl, (unsubstituted heterocyclic)methyl or (substituted hetero.cyclic)methyl; and R. is loweralkyl, cycloalkylmethyl or benzyl.
2. The compound of Claim 1 wherein X is N; R.. is an Nprotecting group or R54S (O) 2 wherein R54 is unsubstituted heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic; or R..X taken together is CH2; A is CH2; D is C=0; L is CH2; Y is N; R2 is benzyl; R3 is loweralkyl or (heterocyclic) alkyl; Z is NHS(0)2R29 wherein R29 is phenyl, substituted phenyl, unsubstituted heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic; and n is 0.
3. A compound of the formula: wherein X is (I) N, (II) O or (III) CH; Rl is (I) absent, (II) hydrogen, (III) an Nprotecting group, (IV) aryl, (V) heterocyclic, or (VI) RgQ wherein 1) Rg is i) loweralkyl, ii) amino, iii) alkylamino, iv) dialkylamino, v) (alkoxyalkyl) (alkyl) amino, vi) (alkoxyalkoxyalkyl) (alkyl) amino, vii) aryl, viii) arylalkyl, ix) aminoalkyl, x) (Nprotected) aminoalkyl, xi) alkoxy, xii) substituted loweralkyl wherein the substituent is selected from alkoxy, thioalkoxy, halogen, alkylamino, (Nprotected) (alkyl) amino and dialkylamino, xiii) wherein m is 1 to 5 and R_, is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, polyalkoxy, amino, (Nprotected) amino, alkylamino, (Nprotected) (alkyl) amino or dialkylamino; or xiv) wherein Rg is 0, S, S02, 0=C or RgN wherein RQ is hydrogen, loweralkyl or an Nprotecting group; and 2) Q is i) C=0 or ii) CH2, with the proviso that X is N when R1 is an Nprotecting group; (VII) R S(0)2 wherein R54 is amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, loweralkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, pbiphenyl, heterocyclic or (VIII) (R55)2P(0) wherein R55 is alkoxy, alkylamino or dialkylamino; A and L are independently selected from (I) absent, (I) hydrogen, (II) loweralkyl, (III) cycloalkylalkyl, (IV) CH2R1Q(CH2) R wherein q is 0, 1 or 2, R n is absent or Rιn is 0, NH or S only when q is 1 or 2, and R.. is i) aryl or ii) heterocyclic; Z is (I) hydrogen or (II) R28C(0)R29, R28S(0)2R29 or R28C(S)R29 wherein 1) R28 is i) NH, ii) N(R200)~ wherein R200 is loweralkyl or benzyl or ii) CH and 2) R2g is i) alkoxy, ii) benzyloxy, iii) alkylamino, iv) dialkylamino, v) aryl or vi) heterocyclic; (I) hydrogen, (II) loweralkyl, (III) loweralkenyl, (IV) cycloalkylalkyl, (V) cycloalkenylalkyl, (VI) alkoxyalkyl, (VII) thioalkoxyalkyl, (VIIII) (alkoxyalkoxy) alkyl, (IX) (polyalkoxy) alkyl, (X) arylalkyl or (XI) (heterocyclic) alkyl; n is 0 or 1; R4 is (I) loweralkyl, (II) cycloalkylalkyl or (III) arylalkyl; and wherein R_, is loweralkyl, wherein M is i) 0, ii) S or iii) NH; Q is i) 0 or ϋ) S; E is i) 0, ii) S, iii) CHRol wherein Ro,x is loweralkyl, iv) C=CH2 or v) NR. wherein R. „ is a) hydrogen, b) loweralkyl, c) hydroxyalkyl, d) hydroxy, e) alkoxy, f) amino or g) alkylamino; and G is i) absent, ii) CH2 or iii) R.g wherein Rιg is hydrogen or loweralkyl, with the proviso that when G is NR.„, then R18 is loweralkyl. or hydroxyalkyl; wherein v is 0 or 1 and R21 is i) NH, ϋ) 0, iii) S or iv) S02; or (IV) a substituted methylene group; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof; with the proviso that R5 is not wherein R2g is loweralkyl and R27 is loweralkyl, when XR is CH2; and n is 0; and A is absent or CH2; and D is C=0; and L is CH_; and Y is N; and R2 is loweralkyl, cycloalkylmethyl, CH_ (CHA R_L1 wherein q is 0, 1 or 2 and R is aryl or heterocyclic; Z is hydrogen or NHC(0)R2g wherein R Q is alkoxy, benzyloxy or an unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclic; and R3 is loweralkyl, CH2SCH3, benzyl, (unsubstituted heterocyclic)methyl or (substituted heterocyclic)methyl.
4. A compound of the formula: i) loweralkyl, ii) amino, iii) alkylamino, iv) dialkylamino, v) (alkoxyalkyl) (alkyl)amino, vi) (alkoxyalkoxyalkyl) (alkyl)amino, vii) aryl, viii) arylalkyl, ix) aminoalkyl, x) (Nprotected)aminoalkyl, xi) alkoxy, xii) substituted loweralkyl wherein the substituent is selected from alkoxy, thioalkoxy, halogen, alkylamino, (Nprotected) (alkyl)amino and dialkylamino, xiii) wherein m is 1 to 5 and R7 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, polyalkoxy, amino, (Nprotected)amino, alkylamino, (Nprotected) (alkyl)amino or dialkylamino; or xiv) wherein Rg is 0, S, S02, 0=C or RgN wherein Rg is hydrogen, loweralkyl or <3. an Nprotecting group; and 2) Q is i) C=0 or ii) CH2, with the proviso that X is N when R is an Nprotecting group; (VII) R54S(0)2 wherein . is amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, loweralkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, pbiphenyl, heterocyclic or (VIII) (R55) 2P (0) wherein R55 is alkoxy, alkylamino or dialkylamino; D and L are independently selected from (I) C=0, (II) S02 and (III) CH2; (I) hydrogen, (II) loweralkyl, (III) cycloalkylalkyl, (IV) CH2R10(CH2)qR13_ wherein 1) q is 0, 1 or 2, R. Q is absent or R1Q is 0, NH or S only when q is 1 or 2, and 3) R11 is i) aryl or ii) heterocyclic; Z is (I) hydrogen or (II) R28C(0)R29, R28S(0)2R29 or R28C(S)R29 wherein R28 is i) NH, ii) N(R2oo)~ wherein R200 is loweralkyl or benzyl or ii) CH2 and R29 is i) alkoxy, ii) benzyloxy, iii) alkylamino, iv) dialkylamino, v) aryl or vi) heterocyclic; R3 is (I) hydrogen, (II) loweralkyl, (III) loweralkenyl, (IV) cycloalkylalkyl, (V) cycloalkenylalkyl, (VI) alkoxyalkyl, «. (VII) thioalkoxyalkyl, (VIIII). (alkoxyalkoxy) alkyl, (IX) (polyalkoxy) alkyl, (X) arylalkyl or (XI) (heterocyclic) alkyl; (I) loweralkyl, (II) cycloalkylalkyl or (III) arylalkyl; and R. is wherein R__ is loweralkyl, wherein ϊ) M is i) 0, ii) S or iii) NH; Q is i) O or ii) S; E is hydrogen or loweralkyl, with the proviso that when G is NR.. then R o is loweralkyl or hydroxyalkyl; (III) iii) S or iv) S02; or (IV) a substituted methylene group; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof.
5. A compound of the formula: wherein A is (I) absent, (II) C=0, (III) S02 or (IV) CH2; D and L are independently selected from (I) C=0, (IV) CH2R.1n0(CH2)qR.1.1 wherein 1) q is 0, 1 or 2, R.Q is absent or R1Q is 0, NH or S only when q is 1 or 2 , and R1]L is i) aryl or ii) heterocyclic; Z is (I) hydrogen or (II) R28C(0)R29, R28S(0)2R29 or R28C(S)R29 wherein 28 is i) NH, ii) N(R20o)~ wherein R200 is loweralkyl or benzyl or ii) CH2 and R29 is i) alkoxy, ii) benzyloxy, iii) alkylamino, iv) dialkylamino, v) aryl or vi) heterocyclic; R3 is (I) hydrogen, (II) loweralkyl, (III) loweralkenyl, (IV) cycloalkylalkyl, (V) cycloalkenylalkyl, (VI) alkoxyalkyl, (VII) thioalkoxyalkyl, (VIIII) (alkoxyalkoxy) alkyl, (IX) (polyalkoxy) alkyl, (X) arylalkyl or (XI) (heterocyclic) alkyl; Λ is (I) loweralkyl, (II) cycloalkylalkyl or (III) arylalkyl; and R5 is wherein R_, is loweralkyl, wherein M is i) 0, ii) S or iii) NH; Q is i) 0 or ii) S; E is i) 0, ii) S, iii) CHRg wherein Rg. is loweralkyl, iv) C=CH2 or v) NRlfi wherein R18 is a) hydrogen, b) loweralkyl, c) hydroxyalkyl, d) hydroxy, e) alkoxy, f) amino or g) alkylamino; and G is i) absent, ii) CH2 or iii) NRιg wherein R.g is hydrogen or loweralkyl, with the proviso that when G is NR.,, then Rlg is loweralkyl or hydroxyalkyl; wherein v is 0 or 1 and R21 is i) NH, ii) 0, iii) S or iv) S02; or (IV) a substituted methylene group; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof.
6. A compound selected from the group consisting of: 3(3Thiazolyl)2(3Rbenzyl4N(Nmethylpiperazyl) sulfonyl2ketopiperazinlyl) propionic acid Amide of Butyl 5 (S)amino6cyclohexyl4 (S)hydroxy2(R) isopropylhexanamide; 3(3Ntertbutyloxycarbonyl2imidazolyl)2(3Rbenzyl4N (Nmethylpiperazyl)sulfonyl2ketopiperazinlyl) propionic acid Amide of (2'S,1'R,5S)3Ethyl5(1'hydroxy 2'amino3'cyclohexylpropyl)oxazolidin2one.; 3(2imidazolyl)2(3Rbenzyl4N(Nmethylpiperazyl) sulfonyl2ketopiperazinlyl) propionic acid Amide of (2'S,1'R,5S) 3Ethyl5(1'hydroxy2»amino3' cyclohexylpropyl)oxazolidin2one; 3(3Ntertbutyloxycarbonyl2imidazolyl)2(3Rbenzyl4N (Nmethylpiperazy1)sulfonyl2ketopiperazinlyl) propionic acid Amide of 2 (S)Aminolcyclohexyl3 (R) ,4 (S) dihydroxy6methylheptane; 3(2imidazolyl)2(3Rbenzyl4N(Nmethylpiperazyl) sulfonyl2ketopiperazinlyl)propionic acid Amide of 2(S)Aminolcyclohexyl3(R) ,4(S)dihydroxy6 ethylheptane; 3(3Ntertbutyloxycarbonyl2imidazolyl) 2(3Rbenzyl4N (Nmethylpiperazyl)sulfonyl2ketopiperazinlyl) propionic acid Amide of (2S,4S, l'R,2'S)2(2amino3' cyclohexyl1'hydroxypropyl)4methyltetrahydrofuran; 3(2imidazolyl)2(3Rbenzyl4N(Nmethylpiperazyl) sulfonyl2ketopiperazinlyl)propionic acid Amide of (2S,4S,1'R,2'S)2(2'amino3'cyclohexyl1' hydroxypropyl)4methyltetrahydrofuran; (2S)( (3S)( (Nmethylpiperazinsulfonyl)amino3 phenylmethyl2oxolpiperidinyl)3(4thiazolyl)propionic acid amide of 2(S)Aminolcyclohexyl3(R) ,4 (S)dihydroxy 6methylheptane; (2S) Methyl( (3S)( (Nmethylpiperazinsulfonyl) amino3phenylmethyl2oxolpiperidinyl)3 (4thiazolyl)propionic acid amide of (2S,4S,1"R,2'S)2(2' amino3'cyclohexyl1'hydroxypropyl)4 ethyltetrahydrofuran; and (2S)2( (1tertbutyloxycarbonyl)limidazol4ylmethyl) 3( (3 (S)(4methylbenzenesulfonyl)amino3phenylmethyl2 oxo1piperidinyl) amide of 2 (S)Amino1cyclohexyl 3(R) ,4 (S)dihydroxy6methylheptane; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof.
7. The compound (2S)( (3S)( (N methylpiperazinsulfonyl)amino3ρhenylmethyl2oxol piperidinyl) 3(4thiazolyl)propionic acid amide of (2S,3R,4S)2aminolcyclohexyl3,4dihydroxy6 ethylheptane; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof.
8. The compound (2S)( (3S)((N methylpiperazinsulfonyl)amino3phenylmethyl2oxol piperidinyl)3(4thiazolyl)propionic acid amide of (2S,4S,1'R,2*S)2(2'amino3•cyclohexyl1' hydroxypropyl)4methyltetrahydrofuran; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof.
9. A pharmaceutical composition for inhibiting renin, comprising a pharmaceutical carrier and a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 1.
10. A method for inhibiting renin comprising administering to a host in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 1.
11. A pharmaceutical composition for treating hypertension or congestive heart failure, comprising a pharmaceutical carrier and a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 1.
12. A method for treating hypertension or congestive heart failure comprising administering to a host in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 1.
13. A compound of the formula: i) loweralkyl, ii) amino, iii) alkylamino, iv) dialkylamino, v) (alkoxyalkyl) (alkyl) amino, vi) (alkoxyalkoxyalkyl) (alkyl) amino, vii) aryl, viii) arylalkyl, ix) aminoalkyl, x) (Nprotected) aminoalkyl, xi) alkoxy, xii) substituted loweralkyl wherein the substituent is selected from alkoxy, thioalkoxy, halogen, alkylamino, (Nprotected) (alkyl) amino and dialkylamino, xiii) wherein m iε 1 to 5 and R7 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, polyalkoxy, amino, (Nprotected)amino, alkylamino, (Nprotected) (alkyl) amino or dialkylamino; or xiv) wherein Rg is 0, S, S02, 0=C or R_N wherein Rg is hydrogen, loweralkyl or an Nprotecting group; and 2) Q is i) C=0 or ϋ) CH2, with the proviso that X is N when R. is an Nprotecting group; (VII) R_ S(0)2~ wherein R54 is 1) amino, 2) alkylamino, dialkylamino, loweralkyl, haloalkyl, 6). aryl, pbiphenyl, heterocyclic or (VIII) (R55)2P(0) wherein R55 is alkoxy, alkylamino or dialkylamino; A and L are independently selected from (I) absent, (II) C=0, (III) S02 and (I) hydrogen, (II) loweralkyl, (III) cycloalkylalkyl. (IV) CH2R10(CH2) R1;L wherein q is 0, 1 or 2, R is absent or R1Q is 0, NH or S only when q is 1 or 2, and R. is i) aryl or ii) heterocyclic; Z is (I) hydrogen or (II) R28C(0)R2g, R28S(0)2R29 or R28C(S)R29 wherein R28 is i) NH, ii) N(R200) wherein R200 is loweralkyl or benzyl or iii) CH2 and R2g is i) alkoxy, ii) benzyloxy, iii) alkylamino, iv) dialkylamino, v) aryl or vi) heterocyclic; R3 is (I) hydrogen, (II) loweralkyl, (III) loweralkenyl, (IV) cycloalkylalkyl, (V) cycloalkenylalkyl, (VI) alkoxyalkyl, (VII) thioalkoxyalkyl, A (VIIII) (alkoxyalkoxy) alkyl, (IX) (polyalkoxy) alkyl, (X) arylalkyl or (XI) (heterocyclic) alkyl; and n is 0 or 1; or an acid halide or activated ester derivative thereof.
14. A method for treating glaucoma or reducing and/or controlling intraocular presure, comprising administering to a patient in need a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 1.
15. A method for inhibiting a retroviral protease, comprising administering to a patient in need a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 1.
16. A method for treating a retroviral infection, comprising administering to a patient in need a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 1.
17. A method for treating hypertension or congestive heart failure comprising administering to a host in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 1 and another antihypertensive agent.
18. ^.
19. A pharmaceutical composition for treating hypertension or congestive heart failure, comprising a 1 pharmaceutical carrier and a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 1 and another antihypertensive agent.
20. A process for the preparation of the compound of Claim 1 comprising coupling a carboxylic acid of the formula or an acid halide or an activated ester derivative thereof, wherein n, A, L, Y, D, Z, X, Ri, R2 and R3 are as defined herein with an amine represented by HT wherein T is as defined herein.
21. The process of Claim 18 wherein HT is A H OH wherein R4 and R5 are as defined herein.
Description:
HETEROCYCLIC PEPTTDE RENTN INHIBITORS

This is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 390,571, filed August 7, 1989, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 259,959, filed October 19, 1988.

Technical Field

The present invention relates to novel compounds and compositions which inhibit renin, processes for making such compounds, synthetic intermediates employed in these processes, and a method of treating hypertension or congestive heart failure with such compounds or in combination with another antihypertensive agent. The present invention also relates to compositions and a method for treating glaucoma with such compounds and a method of inhibiting retroviral proteases and treating a retroviral infection with such compounds.

Bar.kσroun Art

Renin is a proteolytic enzyme synthesized and stored principally in a specific part of the kidney called the juxtaglo erular apparatus. Any of three different physiologic circumstances may cause the release of renin into the circulation: (a) a decrease in the blood pressure entering or within the kidney itself; (b) a decrease in the blood volume in the body; or (c) a fall in the concentration of sodium in the distal tubules of the kidney.

When renin is released into the blood from the kidney, the renin-angiotensin system is activated, leading to vasoconstriction and conservation of sodium, both of which result in increased blood pressure. The renin acts on a circulating protein, angiotensinogen, to cleave out a fragment called angiotensin I (Al) . Al itself has only slight pharamacologic activity but, after additional cleavage by a second enzyme, angiotensin converting enzyme ■ (ACE) , forms the potent molecule angiotensin II (All) . The major pharmacological effects of All are vasoconstriction and stimulation of the adrenal cortex to release aldosterone, a hormone which causes sodium retention. Sodium retention causes blood volume to increase, which leads to hypertension. All is cleaved by an aminopeptidase to form angiotensin III (AIII) , which, compared to All, is a less potent vasoconstrictor but a more potent inducer of aldosterone release.

Angiotensinogen, the natural substrate for human renin has the following amino acid sequence.

H 2 N-Asp-Arg-Val-Tyr-Ile-His-Pro-Phe-His-Leu-Val-Ile-His- Protein 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

(Angiotensinogen)

RENIN

H 2 N-Asp-Arg-Val-Tyr-Ile-His-Pro-Phe-His-Leu-OH (Al)

Renin cleaves angiotensinogen at the amide bond between amino acid residues 10 and 11 to give angiotensin I (Al) .

Compounds which are inhibitors of renin generally comprise two parts. One part of the compound mimics the first 9 amino acid residues of angiotensinogen. The other part mimics the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen and is designed to be non-cleavable by renin. When these two parts are combined in one compound, the compound binds to renin but is not cleaved. Thus, renin is inhibited from acting on its natural substrate angiotensinogen.

Inhibitors of renin have been sought as agents for control of hypertension and as diagnostic agents for identification of cases of hypertension due to renin excess.

With these objectives in mind, the renin-angiotensin system has been modulated or manipulated, in the past, with ACE inhibitors. However, ACE acts on several substrates other than angiotensin I (Al), most notably the kinins which cause such undesirable side effects as pain, "leaky" capillaries, prostaglandin release and a variety of behavorial and neurologic effects. Further, ACE inhibition

leads to the accumulation of Al. Although Al has much less vasoconstrictor activity than All, its presence may negate some of the hypot nsive effects of the blockade of All synthesis.

Inhibition of other targets in the renin-angiotensin system such as All with compounds such as saralasin can block All activity, but would leave unimpaired and perhaps enhance the hypertensive effects of AIII.

On the other hand, there are no known side effects which result when renin is inhibited from acting on its substrate. Considerable research efforts have thus been carried out to develop useful inhibitors of renin. Past research efforts have been directed to renin antibodies, pepstatin, phospholipids and substrate analogs such as tetrapeptides and octapeptides to tridecapeptides. These inhibitors either demonstrate poor activity in inhibiting renin production or poor specificity for inhibiting renin only. However, Boger et al. have reported that statine- containing peptides possess potent and specific renin- inhibiting activity (Nature r Vol. 303, p. 81, 1983) . In addition, Szelke and co-workers have described polypeptide analogs containing a non-peptide link (Nature r Vol. 299, p. 555, 1982) which also cause potent renin inhibition and show a high specificity for this enzyme. Recent patents have disclosed novel small peptide renin inhibitors which contain novel dipeptide isosteres as transition state analogs (Szelke, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,609,643; Boger, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,668,770; Baran, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,657,931; atsueda, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,548,926; Luly, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,645,759; and Luly, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,680,284).

The following references disclose peptide renin inhibitors which incorporate hydroxyl, substituted amide and heterocyclic derivatives of statine and statine analogs:

Luly, et al. , U.S. Patent No. 4,845,079, issued July 4, 1989;

Fung, et al., PCT Patent Application No. WO88/05050, published July 14, 1988;

Luly, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,725,584, issued February 16, 1988;

Luly, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,680,284, issued July 14, 1987;

Rosenberg, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,837,204, issued June 6, 1989;

Baran, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,657,931, issued April 14, 1987;

Matsueda, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,548,926, issued October 22, 1985; orisawa, et al., European Patent Application No. 0228192, published July 8, 1987;

Ten Brink, PCT Patent Application No. WO87/02986, published May 21, 1987;

Buhlmayer, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,727,060, issued February 23, 1988;

Buhlmayer, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,758,584, issued July 19, 1988;

Szelke, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,713,445, issued December 15, 1987;

Raddatz, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,755,592, issued July 5, 1988;

Raddatz, et al., Australian Patent Application No. AU

76222/87, published February 4, 1988;

Ryono, et al., European Patent Application No. EP 0231919, published August 12, 1987;

Hanson, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 132155 (1985);

Luly, European Patent Application No. EP0189203, published

July 30, 1986;

Hanson, et al., European Patent Application No. EP0310070, published April 5, 1989;

Hanson, et al., European Patent Application No. EP0310071, published April 5, 1989;

Hanson, et al. , European Patent Application No. EP0310072, published April 5, 1989;

Hanson, et al., European Patent Application No. EP0310073, published April 5, 1989; and

Gante, et al., German Patent Application No. DE3721855, published September 22, 1988..

Thaisrivongs, U.S. Patent No. 4,705,846, issued November 10, 1987, discloses peptide renin inhibitors incorporating a 5- or 6-membered lactam.

Schostarez, et al., PCT Patent Application No. WO88/02374, published April 7, 1988, discloses peptide renin inhibitors incorporating a lactam.

Thaisrivongs, PCT Patent Application No. WO87/05302, published September 11, 1987, discloses peptide renin inhibitors incorporating a lactam.

Szelke, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,713,445, issued December 15, 1987, discloses peptide renin inhibitors incorporating an azalactam.

Boger, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,782,043, issued November 1, 1988, discloses cyclic peptide renin inhibitors in combination with other antihypertensive agents.

Boger, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,812,442, issued March 14, 1989, discloses tripeptide renin inhibitors in combination with other antihypertensive agents.

Watkins, PCT Patent Application No. WO87/02581, published May 7,1987, discloses the use of renin inhibitors for the treatment of glaucoma.

Stein, et al., European Patent Application No. EP0311012, published April 12, 1989, discloses renin inhibitors having a diol substituent which are anti- glaucoma agents.

Peptidyl inhibitors of HIV protease are disclosed by Moore, Bioche . Biophys. Res. Commun., 159 420 (1989); Billich, J. Biol. Chem., 263 1790S (1988); and Richards, FEBS Lett., 247 113 (1989).

Disclosure of the Invention

In accordance with the present invention, there are renin inhibiting compounds of the formula:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof.

i) loweralkyl, ii) amino, iii) alkylamino, iv) dialkylamino, v) (alkoxyalkyl) (alkyl) amino, vi) (alkoxyalkoxyalkyl) (alkyl) amino, vii) aryl, viii) arylalkyl, ix) aminoalkyl, x) (N-protected) aminoalkyl, xi) alkoxy, xii) substituted loweralkyl wherein the substituent is selected from alkoxy, thioalkoxy, halogen, alkylamino, (N-protected) (alkyl) amino and dialkylamino.

xiii)

wherein m is 1 to 5 and R.-, is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, polyalkoxy, amino, (N-protected)amino, alkylamino, (N-protected) (alkyl) amino or dialkylamino; or xiv)

wherein R g is 0, S, S0- 2 , 0=C or R-.N wherein R g is hydrogen, loweralkyl or an N-protecting group; and 2) Q is i) C=0 or ϋ) CH 2 , with the proviso that X is N when R. is an N-protecting group; (VII) R 5 -S(0) 2 - wherein R... is

1) amino,

2) alkylamino,

3) dialkylamino,

4) loweralkyl,

5) haloalkyl,

6) aryl,

7) p-biphenyl,

8) heterocyclic or

(VIII) (R 55 ) 2 P(0)- wherein R 55 is

1) alkoxy,

2) alkylamino or

3) dialkylamino.

A and L are independently selected from

(I) absent,

(II) C=0,

(III) S0 2 and

(I) hydrogen,

(II) loweralkyl,

(III) cycloalkylalkyl,

(IV) -CH 2 -R 10 -(CH 2 ) -R 11 wherein

1) q is 0, 1 or 2,

2 2)) RR 11QQ iiss a.abbsseenntt oo:r R 1Q is 0, NH or S only when q is 1 or 2, and

3) R 11 is

R ll is i) aryl or

ii) heterocyclic.

i) alkoxy, ii) benzyloxy, iii) alkylamino, iv) dialkylamino, v) aryl or vi) heterocyclic.

R 3 is

(I) hydrogen,

(II) loweralkyl,

(III) loweralkenyl,

(IV) cycloalkylalkyl,

(V) cycloalkenylalkyl,

(VI) alkoxyalkyl,

(VII) thioalkoxyalkyl, (VIIII) (alkoxyalkoxy) alkyl,

(IX) (polyalkoxy) alkyl,

(X) arylalkyl or

(XI) (heterocyclic) alkyl.

n is 0 or 1 .

T is a mimic of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen.

The term "mimic of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen" as used herein includes

wherein R. is

(I) loweralkyl,

(II) cycloalkylalkyl or

(III) arylalkyl; and

R 5 is

wherein R__ is loweralkyl,

wherein

1) M is i) 0, ii) S or iii) NH;

2) Q is i) 0 or ii) S;

3) E is i) 0, ii) S, iii) CHRg- wherein R g - is loweralkyl, iv) C=CH 2 or v) R 1R wherein R lg is a) hydrogen, b) loweralkyl, c) hydroxyalkyl, d) hydroxy, e) alkoxy, f) amino or g) alkylamino; and

4) G is i) absent, ii) CH 2 or iii) NR.g wherein R, g is hydrogen or loweralkyl, with the proviso that when G is NR.. g/ then R. R is loweralkyl or hydroxyalky1;

wherein

1) v is 0 or 1 and

2) R 21 is i) NH, ϋ) O, iii) S or iv) S0 2 ; or

(IV) a substituted methylene group. The term "mimic of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen" as used herein also includes the substituents (T) disclosed in the following references:

Luly, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,645,759, issued February 24, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R , R 5 , Rβ, R 7 , Rs, R9 and X are as defined therein;

Luly, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,652,551, issued March 24, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses

mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 4 , R 5 , Rβ, R 7 , e, R 9 and X are as defined therein;

Luly, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,680,284, issued July 14, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 3 is as defined therein;

Luly, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,725,584, issued February 16, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R3 and R 4 are as defined therein;

Luly, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,725,583, issued February 16, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R3, R 4 and R5 are as defined therein;

Rosenberg, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,837,204, issued June 6, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 4 , R 5 , Rς, R 7 and X are as defined therein;

Luly, et al. , U.S. Patent No. 4,845,079, issued July 4, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 4 , R5, Rβ, R 7 , Rs and R9 are as defined therein;

Sham, U.S. Patent No. 4,826,958, issued May 2, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of "the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 4 , R5, Rβ, R7, R9 and X are as defined therein;

Rosenberg et al. , U.S. Patent No. 4,857,507, issued August 15, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 4 , R5, RQ , R 7 , Rs, R9 and E are as defined therein;

Luly, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,826,815, issued May 2, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses

mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 4 , R 5 , Rg, R 7 , Rg, R9 and X are as defined therein;

Bender, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,818,748, issued April 4, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein Ri, J, L, M and Q are as defined therein;

Fuhrer, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,613,676, issued September 23, 1986, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 2 , R3, R 4 , R 5 and Rβ are as defined therein;

Riniker, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,595,677, issued June 17, 1986, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 2 , R 3 and R are as defined therein;

Buhlmayer, et al. , U.S. Patent No. 4,727,060, issued February 23, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and Rβ are as defined therein;

Buhlmayer, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,758,584, issued July 19, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and Rζ are as defined therein;

Szelke, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,609,643, issued September 2, 1986, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

-A-B-Z-W wherein A, B, Z and W are as defined therein;

Szelke, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,650,661, issued March 17, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

-A-B-Z-W wherein A, B, Z and W are as defined therein;

Szelke, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,713,445, issued December 15, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

-A-B-Z-W wherein A, B, Z and W are as defined therein;

Iizuka, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,656,269, issued April 7, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein n, X and R2 are as defined therein;

Iizuka, et al. , U.S. Patent No. 4,711,958, issued December 8, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein X is as defined therein;

Kleinman, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,729,985, issued March 8, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein Ri, R2, m, W 2 , R3 and R 4 are as defined therein;

Hoover, U.S. Patent No. 4,668,769, issued May 26, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses

mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein X and R 2 are as defined therein;

Hoover, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,814,342, issued March 21, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein X, W and Z 1 are as defined therein;

Bindra, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,749,687, issued June 7, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula '

wherein Ri, R2 and R3 are as defined therein;

Hoover, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,814,342, issued March 21, 1989, which is hereby. incorporated by reference.

discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein X, W and Z 1 are as defined therein;

Matsueda, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,698,329, issued October 6, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 3 and X are as defined therein;

Matsueda, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,548,926, issued October 22, 1985, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein But and X are as defined therein;

Wagnon, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,725,580, issued February 16, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein Zi, X, Y and R 4 are as defined therein;

Wagnon, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,746,648, issued May 24, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein Zi, X, Y and R 4 are as defined therein;

Cazaubon, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,481,192, issued November 6, 1984, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

-Statylι-Ala-Statyl2-R' wherein Statyli, Ala, Statyl2 and R 1 are as defined therein;

Hansen, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,722,922, issued February 2, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , n and Rβ are as defined therein;

Hansen, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,510,085, issued April 9, 1985, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 2 is as defined therein;

Baran, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,657,931, issued April 14, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

H OH OH

R T O wherein Ri, n and R 5 are as defined therein;

JIansen, et al. , U.S. Patent No. 4,514,332, issued April 30, 1985, which is hereby incorporated by reference,

discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

Natarajan, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,757,050, issued July 12, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein Ri, R 2 , R 3 , q, R 9 and Rio are as defined therein;

Gordon, U.S. Patent No. 4,749,781, issued June 7, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein Ri, R 2 , R 3 and Rg are as defined therein;

Ryono, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,665,193, issued May 12, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses

mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

R. O

R 2 R3 wherein Ri, R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and A are as defined therein;

Ryono, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,616,088, issued October 7, 1986, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein Ri, R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and A are as defined therein;

Ryono, et al., O ' . S . Patent No. 4,629,724, issued December 16, 1986, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein Ri, R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R, R 12 and A are as defined therein;

Patel, U.S. Patent No. 4,820,691, issued April 11, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein Ri and R3 are as defined therein;

Thaisrivongs, U.S. Patent No. 4,705,846, issued November 10, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

-E 1 0-F 11 -G 12 -H 13 -I 14 -Z wherein E 10 , F 11 , G 12 , H 3, I 14 and Z are as defined therein;

Hudspeth, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,743,585, issued May 10, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

-T-(C) n - -(D) n -V-(E) n -U wherein T, C, W, D, V, E, U and n are as defined therein;

Hudspeth, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,735,933, issued April 5, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference,

discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

-Y-W-U wherein Y, W and U are as defined therein;

Kaltenbronn, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,804,743, issued February 14, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

-T-U-V-W wherein T, U, V and W are as defined therein;

Pinori, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,560,505, issued December 24, 1985, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein Tyr and are as defined therein;

Yamato, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,683,220, issued July 28, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

Boger, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,668,770, issued May 26, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R3, R4, q, B, D and E are as defined therein;

Boger, U.S. Patent No. 4,668,663, issued May 26, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R3, R4, m', E, B and F are as defined therein;

Bock, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,636,491, issued January 13, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference,

discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R3, R4, m' and E are as defined therein;

Bock, et al . , U.S. Patent No. 4,663,310, issued May 5, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein G, R4, J, B and L are as defined therein;

Boger, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,661,473, issued April 28, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

O

R 4 wherein G, R4, J, B and L are as defined therein;

Veber, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,479,941, issued October 30, 1984, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 3 , R 4 and E are as defined therein;

Boger, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,470,971, issued September 11, 1984, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , B and E are as defined therein;

Veber, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,384,994, issued May 24, 1983, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein Ri, R 2 , R3, R 4 and B are as defined therein;

Boger, et al. , U.S. Patent No. 4,812,442, issued March 14, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

-G-J wherein G and J are as defined therein;

Evans, U.S. Patent No. 4,665,055, issued May 12, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 4 , R5, B and C are as defined therein;

Evans, et al. , U.S. Patent No. 4,609,641, issued September 2, 1986, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein Ri, R 2 , X, Y, B and C are as defined therein;

Patchett, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,839,357, issued June 13, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

-G-J wherein G and J are as defined therein;

Boger, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,812,442, issued March 14, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

-G-J wherein G and J are as defined therein;

Boger, U.S. Patent No. 4,665,052, issued May 12, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

OH O R 4 o

(CH 2 ) m o R 5

wherein R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , m and F are as defined therein;

Veber, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,478,826, issued October 23, 1984, which is hereby incorporated by reference.

discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

OH O R 4 o

.CH 2 O R a

R 3^ wherein R 3 , R 4 , R 4a , B and E are as defined therein;

Boger, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,485,099, issued November 27, 1984, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , m and F are as defined therein;

Boger, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,477,440, issued October 16, 1984, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

OH O R 4

ΛC 2 ) m .. O

wherein R 3 , R 4 , m", E, F and G are as defined therein;

Raddatz, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,721,776, issued January 26, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R2, R3, R 4 , R5, n, B and D are as defined therein;

Holzemann, et ai., U.S. Patent No. 4,709,010, issued November 24, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R, Ri, R 2 , n and Y are as defined therein;

Raddatz, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,812,555, issued March 14, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 2 , R3, R 4 , n and E are as defined therein;

Raddatz, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,755,592, issued July 5, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

-W-E-W'-Y wherein W, E, W' and Y are as defined therein;

Raddatz, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,666,888, issued May 19, 1987, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R , E, G -and Y are as defined therein;

Wagnon, et al. , U.S. Patent No. 4,840,935, issued June 20, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R4, R5, Q and X are as defined therein;

Iizuka, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,841,067, issued June 20, 1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein n and X are as defined therein;

Raddatz, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,829,053, issued May 9,

1989, which is hereby incorporated by reference, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

-N(R 2 ) -CH(R 3 )-CR 4 -(CHR 5 ) n -C(0) -E-N(R 6 ) -(CH(R 7 ) ) S -D

wherein n, s, R 2 , R3, R4, R 5 , Re, R 7 , E and D are as defined therein;

European Patent Application No. EP0264106, published April 20, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 4 , R 5 , RQ and R 7 are as defined therein including

R 4 is hydrogen or loweralkyl; R 5 is hydrogen, loweralkyl

or an amino acid residue; e is loweralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or arylalkyl and R 7 is hydroxy, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, amino, substituted amino or an N- heterocycle;

European Patent Application No. EP0272583, published June 29, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 5 , Rβ, R 7 and Rs are as defined therein including R 5 is hydrogen or loweralkyl; Rβ is hydrogen, loweralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or an amino acid residue; and R 7 and Rs are independently selected from hydrogen, loweralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or arylalkyl;

European Patent Application No. EP0309766, published April 5, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R5, Rβ and A are as defined therein including R5 is hydrogen or loweralkyl; Re is hydrogen, loweralkyl,

cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl or heterocyclic; and A is -CH(OH) -(CH) q -R 7 wherein q is 0-5 and R 7 is hydrogen, loweralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclic, substituted thioalkyl, substituted sulfone, substituted sulfoxide, substituted amine, quaternized amine, heterocyclic, carboxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl or a idoalkyl;

European Patent Application No. EP0300189, published January 25, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 4 is as defined therein including R 4 is loweralkyl;

European Patent Application No. EP0283970, published September 28, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 4 is as defined therein including R 4 is loweralkyl;

European Patent Application No. EP0255082, published February 3, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

OH

R 2 R wherein R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are as defined therein including R2 is hydrogen, alkyl, cyclcoalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl or arylalkyl; R 3 is hydrogen, alkyl or arylalkyl; and R 4 is -X- (CH 2 )n'-R 7 wherein X is absent, 0 or S, n* is 0-4 and R7 is hydrogen, hydroxy, amino, heteroaryl or -CH(Rg) -(CH2) p - Y-(CH 2 ) q -Rιo wherein p, q, Y and RIO are as defined therein;

European Patent Application No. EP0230242, published July 29, 1987, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R2, R3 and R 4 are as defined therein including R 2 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl or arylalkyl; R 3 is hydrogen, alkyl or alkenyl; and R 4 is -N (R5) -CH(Rβ) - (CH2) n -Ar or -N(R5)-CH(R 6 ) -CH=CH- (CH 2 ) m -Ar wherein n is 0- 6, m is 0-4, R 5 is hydrogen or alkyl and Rβ is hydrogen,

alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, thioalkoxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, haloalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, alkoxycarbonylaminoalkyl or arylalkoxycarbonylaminoalkyl;

European Patent Application No. EP0310015, published April 5, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula .

wherein R 2 , R3, R 4 and R9 are as defined therein including R 2 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl or arylalkyl; R3 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl; R9 is hydroxy or fluoro; and R 4 is -(CH 2 )p- -(CH2) q -R7 wherein p is 0-4, q is 0-4, X is -CF 2 -, -C(O) - or -CH(Rs)- wherein Rs is alkyl, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, alkylamino, hydroxy, azido or halo and R 7 is hydrogen, hydroxy, amino, aryl or heteroaryl;

European Patent Application No. EP0315574, published May 10, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

1 ^NH B^ γ/ R 4

R 2

(B is a boron atom)

wherein R2, X, Y, R 3 and R 4 are as defined therein including R 2 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl or heterocyclic; X and Y are independently selected from 0 or -N(Ri3)- wherein R 1 3 is hydrogen, alkyl or substituted alkyl; and R3 and R 4 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl or aryl; or the boron containing substituent is a boron containing cyclic group;

Japanese Patent Application No. J63275552, published November 14, 1988 discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

European Patent Application No. EP0252727, published January 13, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein Y and R are as defined therein including Y is 0 or NH and R is alkyl, cycloalkyl or halogenated alkyl;

European Patent Application No. EP0244083, published November 4, 1987, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein X is as defined therein including X is alkoxy, alkyalamino, cycloalkyloxy, morpholino and haloalkoxy.

European Patent Application No. EP0216539, published April 1, 1987, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein n, Y and R2 are as defined therein including n is 0-1, Y is 0 or NH and R 2 is alkyl;

European Patent Application No. EP0206807, published December 30, 1986, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val - cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein n, Z and R are as defined therein including n is 0- 1, Z is 0 or NH and R is alkyl;

European Patent Application No. EP0190891, published August 13, 1986, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein n and X' are as defined therein including n is 0-1 and X 1 is alkoxycarbonyl, aralkoxycarbonyl, or -C(0)NRχR 2 wherein Ri is hydrogen, alkyl or aralkyl and R 2 is alkyl or -CH 2 -Y-R wherein Y is 0 or NH and R is alkyl or aralkyl;

European Patent Application No. EP0181110, published May 14, 1986, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R3 and R 4 are as defined therein including R3 is -CHO or -CH2OH and R 4 is isobutyl or benzyl;

European Patent Application No. EP0297816, published January 4, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein n, Ri and R 2 are as defined therein including n is 0-1, Ri is -NH 2 , alkylamino, alkoxy, or

2-alkoxycarbonylpyrrolidin-l-yl and R 2 is alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkenyl or azide substituted alkenyl;

European Patent Application No. EP0297815, published January 4, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein Y and R 2 are as defined therein including Y is -CH(OH)- or -C(O)- and R 2 is -CF 2 C(0)NHCH 3 , -CF 3 or -CF 2 C(CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 )C0 2 C 2 H 5 ;

European Patent Application No. EP0212903, published March 4, 1987, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein m, Ri, R 2 , R3, R 4 and W 2 are as defined therein including m is 0-1, Ri and R2 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, phenylalkyl, naphthylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and cycloalkenylalkyl, R3 and R 4 are independently selected from alkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, cycloalkyl, adamantyl, phenylalkyl,naphthylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and adamantylalkyl; or R3 is hydrogen and R 4 is -CH(R 7 ) (CH2) P (Q) r CH(Rs) (CH2) q -Y wherein p and q are independently selected from 0,1,2,3,4,5 and 6, r is 0-1, Q is -CH2-, -CH=CH-, -0-, -NH-, -CH(OH)- or -C(0) -, Y is methyl, phenyl, -C(0)OR9, -C(0)NR 9 Rιo, -C(O)NHC(0)OCH2CβHs, -NH 2 , -NHC(0)CH2CβH 5 , -NHCH C (0)OR9 or -NHCH(CH2CeH 5 )C(0)NR9Rio wherein R9 and Rio are independently selecterd from hydrogen, alkyl, phenyl, cycloalkyl, phenylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or adamantyl, and R 7 and RQ are independently selecterd from hydrogen, alkyl, phenyl, cycloalkyl, phenylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or adamantyl; or R 3 and R 4 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrole, indoline, isoindoline, piperidine, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline., 1, 2, 3, 4-tetrahydroisoquinoline, perhydroazepine or morpholine ring; and W 2 is -NHCH( (CH2) 3R6) -C(0) - wherein Rβ is -NH 2 , -NHC(=NH)NH or -CH2NH2;

PCT Patent Application No. WO 88/03022, published May 5, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein n, Y and D are as defined therein including n is 0- 1, Y is isobutyl, allyl or benzyl and D is 2- carboxypyrrolidin-1-yl or -ZR wherein Z is 0 or NH and R is alkyl, phenyl or substituted alkyl or substituted phenyl;

German Patent Application No. DE3725137, published August 6, 1986, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

Y

wherein R, Ri, R2, R3, R 4 , R5, Rβ, B and Y are as defined therein including R is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, Ri is hdyroxy, alkoxy or aryloxy, R 2 is hydrogen or Ri and R 2 taken together is oxo (=0) , R3, R 4 , R 5 and Re are independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylalkyl, B is a peptide chain containing from 1 to 10 amino acid residues and Y is

hydroxy or a protecting group for the peptide carboxy group;

British Patent Application No. GB2203740, published October 26, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and B are as defined therein including Ri is a hdyrophobic or hydrophilic side chain, R 2 is hydroxy or amino, R 3 is hydrogen or R 2 and R 3 taken together is oxo (=0) , R 4 is a hydrophobic or hydrophilic side chain and B is

-NHCH(R 6 )C(R 7 ) (R 8 )C(Rg) (Rio)CH 2 C(0)NRnRι 2 wherein Rβ is Ri, R 7 and Rs are the same as R 2 and R 3 , R 9 and Rio are independently selected from hydrogen and fluoro and Ru and R 12 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and -CH(R 13 )C(0)R 14 wherein R 13 is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl and R 14 is hydroxy, alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, aminomethylpyridyl or benzyl;

British Patent Application No. GB2200115, published July 27, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

Rif 2, R 3 / R4 Rs,- D and Y are as defined therein including Ri is hydrogen or alkyl, R2 is an amino acid side chain, R3 is hydrogen, hydroxy, aryloxy or amino, R4 and R5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and -CH(R 1 2)C(0)R 1 3 wherein R12 is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl and R 1 3 is hydroxy, alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, aminomethylpyridyl or benzyl; or -NR 4 R5 represents pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl or substituted piperazinyl; D is a bond, 0, -N(Rχ)- or -CH(Rι)- and Y is -C(0)-, -S(0)2~ or -P (0)-;

German Patent Application No. DE3830825, published March 23, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 4 , " R 5 , Rβ, R 7 , Rs, Rg, Rio and X are as defined therein including R 4 is a hydrophilic or hydrophobic amino acid side chain, R5 is hydroxy or amino, Rβ is hydrogen or R 5 and Rβ taken together are oxo (=0) , R7 and Rs are independently selected from hydrogen and fluoro, Rg and Rio are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl and -CH(Rn)C(0)Ri2 wherein Ru is alkyl or hydroxyalkyl and R 1 2 is hdyroxy, alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, aminomthylpyridyl, benzyl or -NH-(CH2CH2θ)m-R l wherein m is 1-20 and Ri is as defined therein; and X is a bond or 0, NH or -C(Ri3) (R14)- wherein R 13 and R 14 are independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro or R 4 ;

Japanese Patent Application No. J62246546, published October 27, 1987, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein m, R 4 and R 5 are as defined therein including m is 0-1, R 4 is alkyl, cycloalkyl or phenyl and R 5 is alkyl or substituted alkyl as defined therein;

European Patent Application No. EP0274259, published July 13, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 4 and R 5 are as defined therein including R 4 is alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, (heterocyclic) alkyl, aminoalkyl, alkyla inoalkyl or dialkylaminoalkyl and R 5 is hydrogen or alkyl;

European Patent Application No. EP0228192, published July 8, 1987, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein m, n, R 5 , Rg and R 7 are as defined therein including m and n are independently selected from 0 and 1, R 5 is alkyl, cycloalkyl or phenyl, Rβ is alkyl and R 7 is alkyl or substituted alkyl as defined therein;

European Patent Application No. EP0273893, published July 6, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 5 , Rβ and Y are as defined therein including R 5 is alkyl or cycloalkyl, Rβ is hydrogen or alkyl and Y is -SCH(CH 3 ) 2 or -S(0) 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 ;

European Patent Application No. EP0310070, published April 5, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein Ri, R 5 and R 7 are as defined therein including Ri is hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkenyl or alkoxycarbonyl, R5 is hydrogen or

alkyl and R 7 is cycloalkyl, phenyl, cycloalkylalkyl or phenylalkyl;

European Patent Application No. EP0310071, published April 5, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein Ri, R 5 and R 7 are as defined therein including Ri is hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkenyl or alkoxycarbonyl, R 5 is hydrogen or alkyl and R 7 is cycloalkyl, phenyl, cycloalkylalkyl or phenylalkyl;

European Patent Application No. EP0310072, published April 5, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein Ri, R 5 and R 7 are as defined therein including Ri is hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkenyl or alkoxycarbonyl, R5 is hydrogen or alkyl and R 7 is cycloalkyl, phenyl, cycloalkylalkyl or phenylalkyl;

European Patent Application No. EP0310073, published April 5, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein Ri, R 5 and R 7 are as defined therein including Ri is hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkenyl or alkoxycarbonyl, R5 is hydrogen or alkyl and R 7 is cycloalkyl, phenyl, cycloalkylalkyl or phenylalkyl;

European Patent Application No. EP0313847, published May 3, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein Ri, R 5 and Rβ are as defined therein including Ri is hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkenyl or alkoxycarbonyl, R5 is hydrogen or alkyl and Rβ is cycloalkyl, phenyl, cycloalkylalkyl or phenylalkyl;

European Patent Application No. EP0296581, published December 28, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein Ri and R3 are as defined therein including Ri is hydrogen, arylalkyl, aryl, (heterocyclic) alkyl or heterocyclic and R3 is hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, arylalkyl, (heterocyclic)alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mercaptoalkyl, thioalkoxyalkyl, hydorxyalkoxyalkyl, aminoalkoxyalkyl, hydroxythioalkoxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl, ammothioalkoxyalkyl, guanidinoalkyl, ammocarbonylalkyl or imidazolylalkyl;

European Patent Application No. EP0231919, published August 12, 1987, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein Ri and R3 are as defined therein including Ri is an

N-heterocyclic ring and R3 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, arylalkyl, (heterocyclic) alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mercaptoalkyl, tioalkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxyalkyl, aminoalkoxyalkyl, hydroxythioalkoxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl, ammothioalkoxyalkyl, guanidinoalkyl, ammocarbonylalkyl or imidazolylalkyl;

PCT Patent Application No. WO 87/05302, published May 3, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

-E 1 0-F 11 -G 1 2-H 1 3-I 14 -Z

wherein Eio, Fn, G 1 2, H 1 3, I 14 and Z are as defined therein including -EIQ-FH- is

wherein Ri is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, alkoxy or thioalkoxy, Ru is hydrogen, alkyl, benzyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, (heterocyclic)alkyl, alkoxyalkyl or thioalkoxyalkyl, R2 2 s hydrogen or alkyl and R23 is hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, aryl or alkyl, G 12 is absent or an amino acid residue, H 3 is absent or an amino acid residue, I 14 is absent or an amino acid residue and Z is hydroxy, substituted alkoxy, substituted amino or cyclic amino;

PCT Patent Application No. WO 87/02986, published May 21, 1987, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

-E 10 -F 11 -G 12 -H 1 3-I 14 -Z

wherein Eio, Fn, G 12 , H 1 3, I 14 and Z are as defined therein including -EIQ-FH- is

wherein R is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, alkoxy or thioalkoxy, Ru is hydrogen, alkyl, benzyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, (heterocyclic) alkyl, alkoxyalkyl or thioalkoxyalkyl, R 21 is hydroxy or amino, R22 is hydrogen or alkyl and R23 is hydroxy, amino, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, aryl or alkyl, G 1 2 is absent or an amino acid residue, H13 is absent or an amino acid residue, 1 14 - is absent or an amino acid residue and Z is hydroxy, substituted alkoxy, substituted amino or cyclic amino;

PCT Patent Application No. WO 89/00161, published January 12, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R2, R4, R5, X, Y and Z are as defined therein including R2 is hydrogen or alkyl, R4 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclic, hydroxyalkyl or aminoalkyl, R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl, (heterocyclic) lkyl or cycloalkyl, X is -CH(OH)-, -CH(NH2)-, -C (O) -, -CH(OH)CH(OH)-, -CH(OH)CH 2 -, -CH(NH 2 ) CH ~, -C (O) -CH 2 ~, -CH2-NH-, -CH2-O- or -P (O) (A)B- wherein A is hydroxy or amino and B is absent, 0, NH or CH2, Y is absent or -NHCH(R5)C(0) - and Z is hydroxy, substituted alkoxy, substituted amino or N-heterocyclic;

PCT Patent Application No. WO 88/07053, published Septmeber 22, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein r, t, Rgo, R100, RllO, Rill, G12, H13, I14 and Z are as defined therein including r is 0-3, t is 0-3, Rgo is hydrogen or alkyl, R100 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, alkoxy or thioalkoxy, Rno and

R lll are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl and halo, G 1 2 is absent, an amino acid residue or

wherein R50 is hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl,

(heterocyclic)alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or adamantyl, and Rgo and Rgi are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclic, (heterocyclic) alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and adamantyl; or Rgo and Rβi taken together form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic spirocycle, H 13 is absent an amino acid residue or

wherein R 5 0 is hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl,

(heterocyclic) alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or adamantyl, and Rβo and Rβi are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclic, (heterocyclic) alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and adamantyl; or Rgo and Rgi taken together form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic spirocycle, I 14 is absent an amino acid residue or

wherein R50 is hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl, (heterocyclic)alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or adamantyl, and Rgo and Rgi are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclic, (heterocyclic) alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and adamantyl; or Rgo and R i taken together form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic spirocycle and Z is hydroxy, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, amino, substituted amino or cyclic amino;

PCT Patent Application No. WO 88/02374, published April 7, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

a) -E 1 0-F 11 -C(=Y) -G 12 -H 1 3-Z,

b) -E 10 -F 11 -W,

c) -E 1 0-F 11 -G 12 -H 1 3- or

d) -E 1 0-F 11 -G 121 -H 1 3 1 -I 14 -Z

wherein Eio, Fχι, G 1 2, H 1 3, G 1 21, H 1 3 , I1 4 , W, Y and Z are as defined therein including -Eιo- ιι- is

wherein R and Ri are independently selected from alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted alkyl as defined therein, alkoxy or thioalkoxy, Ru is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted alkyl as defined therein, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, hydrogen, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, (heterocyclic)alkyl, alkoxyalkyl and thioalkoxyalkyl, R 22

is hydrogen or alkyl, R 23 is hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, amino, aminoalkyl, aryl or alkyl, R2 4 is aryl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, trialkylamino, heterocyclic, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkanoyloxy, mercapto, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, dialkylaminoalkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, cyclicamino, cycloalkylamino, guanidinyl, cyano, N-cyanoguanidinyl, cyanoamino, hydroxyalkylamino, di (hydroxyalkyl)amino, arylalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, trialkylaminoalkyl, heterocyclicalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkanoyloxyalkyl, mercaptoalkyl, carboxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalky1, dialkylaminoalkoxycarbonylalky1, aminocarbonylalky1, alkylaminocarbonylalkyl, dialkylaminocarbonylalkyl, cyclicaminoalkyl, cycloalkylaminoalkyl, guanidinylalky1, cyanoalkyl, N-cyanoguanidinylalky1, cyanoaminoalkyl, hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl or di(hydroxyalkyl) aminoalkyl, Wi and W 2 are independently selected from hydroxy and amino, W 3 and W 4 are independently selected from hydrogen and fluoro, W is as defined therein, Y is O, S, NH or - (alkyl)-, Z is as defined therein, G 12 is absent or an amino acid residue, H 1 3 is absent or an amino acid residue, G 1 2 1 is absent or an amino acid residue, H 1 3 1 is absent or an amino acid residue and I is absent or an amino acid residue;

PCT Patent Application No. WO 86/06379, published April 5, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

-E-F-G-H-Z

wherein E, F, G, H and Z are as defined therein including -E-F- is

wherein Rio is hydrogen or alkyl, Rio b i alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl,

(heterocyclic)alkyl, cycloalkenyl or cycloalkenylalkyl, R O c is hydrogen or alkyl, U is -C(O)-, -CH(OH) - or -CH(NH 2 )- and Wi and 2 are independently selected from hydrogen, fluoro, chloro and bromo, G is absent or an amino acid residue, H is absent or an amino acid residue and Z is hydroxy, thiol, amino, substituted alkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, substituted alkylamino, Lys-OH, Lys-NH2, Ser-OH or Ser-NH2;

European Patent Application No. EP0271862, published June 22, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

-Y-W-U

wherein Y, W and U are as defined therein including Y is Sta, Cysta or PhSta, W is Leu, lie, N-MeLeu, Val or absent and U is -NHCH 2 CH(CH3) CH 2 CH 3 , -NHCH 2 PI1, -NHCH(CH OH) CH(CH3)CH2CH3, -NHCH 2 CH(OH) CH 2 SCH(CH3)2, -NHCH 2 CH(OH) CH 2 S(0)CH(CH3) 2 , -NHCH 2 CH(OH) CH 2 S (0)2CH(CH3) 2, -NHCH CH Ph, -NHCH 2 (pyrid-2-yl) , -NH 2 , -NHCH 2 CH=CH 2 , -OEt,

-OMe, -NH (piperidin-4-yl) ,

European Patent Application No . EP0275480, published July 27 , 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

-W-U-V

wherein W, U and V are as defined therein including W is Sta, PhSta or Cysta, U is absent, Leu, lie, Val, N-MeLeu or N-Melle and V is -NHCH 2 Ph, -NHCH 2 -cyclohexyl, -NH(piperidin-4-yl) , -NHCH 2 (pyrid-2-yl) ,

-NHCH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 , -OMe, -OEt, -NHCH(CH 2 OH)CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 , -NHCH 2 CH 2 (morpholin-1-yl) ,

.

PCT Patent Application No. WO 88/03927, published June 2, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

-T-(C) n -W-(D) n -V-(E) n -U

wherein T, C, W, D, V, E, U and n are as defined therein including nis 0-1, T is Sta, PhSta, Cysta, Leu, CyclohexylAla or Phe, W is absent, Leu, Gly or lie, V is absent. Leu or lie, C is -CH 2 NH-, -CH(OH)CH 2 " or -CH(OH)-CH=CH-C(0)-, D is -CH 2 NH-, E is -CH 2 NH- or -CH 2 N(Cbz)- and U is -NHCH 2 Ph, -NHCH 2 -cyclohexyl, -NH 2 , -NH(piperidin-4-yl) , -NHCH 2 (pyrid-2-yl) , -NHCH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 , -OMe, -OEt,

European Patent Application No. EP0314060, published May 3, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

-W-U

wherein W and U are as defined therein including W is Sta, Cysta, PhSta, ChSta, DFKSta, DFKCys, DFKChs, ASta or ACys and U is -NHCH 2 CH 2 (morpholin-1-yl) , -NHCH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 , -NHCH(CH 2 OH)CH(CH 3 )CH2CH3, -LeuNHCH 2 Ph, -LeuNHCH 2 ~cyclohexyl, -LeuNH(piperidin-4-yl) , -LeuNHCH 2 (pyrid-2-yl) or

...-.AA,;

European Patent Application No. EP0310918, published April 12, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 3 and R 4 are as defined therein including R 3 is isobutyl, cyclohexylmethyl or benzyl and R 4 is phenyl, furyl, vinyl, ethyl or 1,2-dihydroxyethyl;

French Patent Application No. FR8700560, published July 22, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R, U and B are as defined therein including R is hydrogen or hydroxyalkyl, U is Leu, Ala, Val or lie and B is pyridyl;

European Patent Application No. EP0236948, published September 16, 1987, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein X is as defined therein including X is isobutyl or benzyl;

European Patent Application No. EP0281316, published September 7, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined therein including R 3 is allyl, cyclohexyl or phenyl, R 4 is nitromethyl, alkoxycarbonyl or -CH 2 S(0) n _ R d wherein n is 0-2 and R d is heterocyclic and R 5 is hydrogen or alkyl;

German Patent Application No. DE3825242, published February 9, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R3 and Z are as defined therein including R3 is hydroxy or amino and Z is substituted carbonyl, substituted thiocarbonyl, substituted iminocarbonyl or unsubstituted or substituted phosphono, aminomethyl, thiomethyl, sulfinylmethyl, sulfonylmethyl or phosphonomethyl;

European Patent Application No. EP0275101, published July 20, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein R2, R3, R a , R b , n , χ an d Q are as defined therein including R2 is an amino acid side chain, R3 is hydrogen, alkyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl,

2-pyridylmethyl or an amino acid side chain, R a is an amino acid side chain, R f c, is hydrogen or alkyl or R a and R taken together are -CH 2 -CH 2 -, n is 1-10, X is hydrogen, CH 2 , alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl or 2-pyridylmethyl and Q is hydrogen, alkyl, arylakyl, alkoxycarbonyl or an amino acid residue;

PCT Patent Application No. WO 89/01488, published February 23, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

-Eιo-Fn-Gi 2 -Hi3-I l 4-Z

wherein Eio, Fn, G 2 , H 13 , I 14 and Z are as defined therein including -EIQ-FH- is

wherein R is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, alkoxy or thioalkoxy, Ru is hydrogen, alkyl, benzyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, (heterocyclic)alkyl, alkoxyalkyl or thioalkoxyalkyl, R2 1 is hydroxy or amino, R22 s hydrogen or alkyl and R23 is hydroxy, amino, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, aryl or alkyl, R24 is Ri hydroxy, amino, hydroxyalkyl or aminoalkyl, G 1 2 is absent or an amino acid residue, H 13 is absent or an amino acid residue, I 14 is absent or an amino acid residue and Z is hydroxy, substituted alkoxy, substituted amino or cyclic amino;

European Patent Application No. EP0275101, published July 20, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen.having the formula

wherein Ri, G 1 2, H 1 3 and X are as defined therein including RI is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic,

alkoxy or thioalkoxy, G 1 2 is absent, an amino acid residue or an amino acid residue wherein the alpha-amino group has been replaced by 0, H 1 3 is absent, an amino acid residue or an amino acid residue wherein the alpha-amino group has been replaced by 0 and X is hydrogen, alkyl or substituted alkyl as defined therein;

European Patent Application No. EP0312291, published April 19, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein Ri, Y, X and E are as defined therein including Ri is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, 1, 3-dithiolan-2-yl or- l,3-dithian-2-yl, X is -CH 2 ~C(Ri3) (R 14 )- wherein R 1 3 and R 1 4 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, carboxy, aminocarbonyl, substituted aminocarbonyl, substituted alkyl, alkanoyloxy, substituted aminocarbonyloxy, substituted carbonylamino, substituted aminocarbonylamino, substituted sulfinyl, substituted sulfonyl, substituted sulfide, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino or heterocyclic, Y is CH2, 0, S, SO or SO2 or X and Y taken together is -(CH 2 ) 4 ~ and E is hydrogen, aryl, heterocyclic, alkyl, cycloalkyl or substituted alkyl;

European Patent Application No. EP0312283, published April 19, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein RI, X and E are as defined therein including Ri is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, l,3-dithiolan-2-yl or l,3-dithian-2-yl, X is -CH 2 -C(Ri3) (R 14 )- wherein R13 and R14 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, carboxy, aminocarbonyl, substituted aminocarbonyl, substituted alkyl, alkanoyloxy, substituted aminocarbonyloxy, substituted carbonylamino, substituted aminocarbonylamino, substituted sulfinyl, substituted sulfonyl, substituted sulfide, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino or heterocyclic and E is hydrogen, aryl, heterocyclic, alkyl, cycloalkyl or substituted alkyl;

European Patent Application No. EP0312158, published April 19, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein r, R7, R4, Rio, R 9 , Ri O a, Q and J are as defined therein including r is 1-4, R 7 is alkyl, aryl or

cycloalkyl, R 4 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or substituted alkyl, Rio and RiOa are independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl, R9 is -(CH2)s~NRnRi2 wherein s is 1-2 and Ru and R 1 2 are independently selected from hydrogen, heterocyclic, aryl, cycloalkyl, alkyl, arylalkyl, (heterocyclic) alkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, carboxy, alkyl substituted by -SO3H, aminocarbonylalkyl, alkylaminocarbonylalkyl or dialkylaminocarbonylalkyl, Q is -CH(OH)-, -CH(N(R 8 ))-> -CH(OH)CH 2 - or -CH(N(R 8 ) )CH 2 - wherein Rs is hydrogen, alkyl, formyl, alkanoyl, aroyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl or araylalkoxycarbonyl and J- is substituted alkylamino or substituted alkoxy;

European Patent Application No. EP0312157, published April 19, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein r, R 7 , - R Rio, Rg, Ri Oa , Q and J are as defined therein including r is 1-4, R 7 is alkyl, aryl or cycloalkyl, R 4 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or substituted alkyl, Rio and Rio a are independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl, Rg is - (CH2) s -NR il R l2 wherein s is 1-2 and Ru and R 12 are independently selected from hydrogen, heterocyclic, aryl, cycloalkyl, alkyl, arylalkyl, (heterocyclic) alkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl, carboxy, alkyl

substituted by -SO3H, ammocarbonylalkyl, alkylaminocarbon lalky1 or dialkylaminocarbonylalkyl, Q is -CH(OH)-, -CH(N(R 8 ))-, -CH(OH)CH 2 - or -CH(N(R 8 ) ) CH 2 - wherein R 8 is hydrogen, alkyl, formyl, alkanoyl, aroyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl or araylalkoxycarbonyl and J is substituted alkylamino, substituted alkoxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclicamino or substiute guanidino;

European Patent Application No. EP0314239, published May 3, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein r, R 7 , R 4 , Q and J are as defined therein including r is 1-4, R 7 is alkyl, aryl or cycloalkyl, R 4 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or substituted alkyl, Q is -CH(OH)-, -CH(N(R 8 ))-, -CH(OH)CH 2 - or -CH(N(R 8 ) )CH 2 - wherein R 8 is hydrogen, alkyl, formyl, alkanoyl, aroyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl or araylalkoxycarbonyl and J is amino, hydroxy, substituted alkylamino or substituted alkoxy;

South African Patent Application No. 866642, published February 24, 1987, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

(alkyl, or amino acid alkylamide)

wherein R' and R" are as defined therein including R' is fluoro and R" is hydrogen or fluoro;

European Patent Application No. EP0273696, published July 6, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein n, R 2 , io and E are as defined therein including n is 0-5, R 2 is hydrogen or alkyl, Rio is alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, (heterocyclic)alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, thioalkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl or aminoalkyl and E is -CH(W) -G wherein W is hydroxy, amino, alkanoyloxy or alkanoyloxyalkyloxy and G is -Q-C (0) -T-U-V wherein Q is a bond or -CH(Ri3)- wherein R 1 3 is hydrogen, aryl, alkyl, cycloalkyl or substituted alkyl, T and U are independently absent or selected from an amino acid residue and V is hydroxy, substituted alkoxy, amino or substituted amino;

European Patent Application No. EP0278158, published August 17, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein n, R 7 , Rio and E are as defined therein including n is 0-3, R7 is alkyl or substituted alkyl, Rio is alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, (heterocyclic)alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, thioalkoxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl or aminoalkyl and E is -CH(W)-G wherein W is hydroxy, amino, alkanoyloxy or alkanoyloxyalkyloxy and G is -Q-C(O) -T-U-V wherein Q is a bond or -CH(Ri3)- wherein R 1 3 is hydrogen, aryl, alkyl, cycloalkyl or substituted alkyl, T and U are independently absent or selected from an amino acid residue and V is hydroxy, substituted alkoxy, amino or substituted amino;

German Patent Application No. DE3721855, published September 22, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

-N(R 6 )-D wherein n, R2, R3, R 4 , R 5 , Rg, E and D are as defined therein including n is 1-2, R2 is hydrogen or alkyl, R3 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, (heterocyclic) alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy or cycloalkylalkyl, R 4 is (H,OH), (H,NH 2 ) or O, R 5 is hydrogen or alkyl, Rg is hydrogen or alkyl, E is 0-2 amino acid residues and D is -CH2CHOHCH2OH, substituted sulfonyl, substituted sulfonylalkyl, substituted carbonyl, substituted

phosphonyl, phenyl, phenylalkyl, furyl, furylalky1, thienyl, thienylalkyl, pyridyl, pyridylalkyl or other (heterocyclic)alkyl;

European Patent Application No. EP0309841, published April 5, 1989, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein n, R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , Rg and E are as defined therein including n is 1-2, R 3 is hydrogen or alkyl, R 4 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclic, (heterocyclic)alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy or cycloalkylalkyl, R 5 is (H,OH) , (H,NH 2 ) or 0, Rg is hydrogen, alkyl or alkenyl and E is -SR7, -SOR7, -SO2R7, -SO 2 OR 7 or -Sθ 2 R 7 R 8 wherein R7 and R 8 are independently selected from R 4 ;

European Patent Application No. EP0292800, published November 30, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

wherein n, R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , Rg, E, Q and Y are as defined therein including n is 1-2, R 3 is hydrogen or alkyl, R 4 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclic,

(heterocyclic) alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or alkoxy, R 5 is (H,OH) , (H,NH 2 ) , or O, Rg is hydrogen or alkyl, E is 0-2 amino acid residues, Q is 0 or NH and Y is H or substituted alkyl;

European Patent Application No. EP0249096, published December 16, 1987, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

-Q-D wherein n, R3, R 4 , R 5 , Rβ, E, Q and Y are as defined therein including n is 1-2, R 3 is hydrogen or alkyl, R 4 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclic, (heterocyclic) alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or alkoxy, R 5 is (H,0Ri 2 ), (H, Ri 2 Ri3) , or O wherein 12 and R 13 are independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl, Rg is hydrogen or alkyl, E is 0-2 amino acid residues, Q is 0 or NH and Y is H or substituted alkyl; and

European Patent Application No. EP0264795, published April 27, 1988, discloses mimics of the Leu-Val cleavage site of angiotensinogen having the formula

-E-Y wherein n, R2, R3, R4, E and Y are as defined therein including n is 1-2, R2 is hydrogen or alkyl, R3 is

hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclic, (heterocyclic) alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or alkoxy, R4 is hydrogen or alkyl, E is -C(0)NH-, -C(S)NH-, -C(0)0-, -S02-, -S02NH-, or -P0 (OA) 0- wherein A is hydrogen or alkyl and Y is carboxy, carboxyalkyl, substituted carboxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylalky1, substituted alkoxycarbonylalky1, aminocarbonyl, substituted aminocarbonyl, aminocarbonylalkyl, substituted aminocarbonylalkyl, hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl; or E-Y is pyrrolidinocarbonyl, piperidinocarbonyl, morpholinocarbonyl, pyrrolidinosulfonyl, piperidinosulfonyl or morpholinosulfonyl.

The term "substituted methylene group" as used herein refers to:

(I) -CHR- 3 R 14 wherein

1) R 13 is i) hydrogen or ii) hydroxy and

2) R 14 is i) hydrogen, ii) loweralkyl, iii) hydroxy, iv) hydroxyalkyl, v) alkoxy, vi) alkoxyalkyl, vii) azido, viii) azidoalkyl, ix) amino,

x) (N-protected)amino, xi) aminoalkyl, xii) (N-protected)aminoalkyl, xiii) alkylamino, xiv) (N-protected) (alkyl)amino, xv) alkylaminoalkyl, xvi) (N-protected) (alkyl)- aminoalkyl, xvii) dialkylamino, xviii) dialkylaminoalkyl, xix) carboxyalkyl, xx) thioalkoxy, xxi) thioalkoxyalkyl, xxii) alkylsulfonyl, xxiii) alkylsulfonylalkyl, xxiv) thioaryloxy, xxv) thioaryloxyalkyl, xxvi) arylsulfonyl, xxvii) arylsulfonylalkyl, xxviii) (unsubstituted heterocyclic)alkyl or xxvix) (substituted heterocyclic)alkyl such that when R, 3 is hydroxy then R_. is not hydroxy, alkoxy, azido, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, (N-protected) mino,

(N-protected) (alkyl)amino, thioalkoxy, alkylsulfonyl or arylsulfonyl, and such that when R..-, is hydrogen then R.. is not hydrogen or loweralkyl;

(II) -C(=CH 2 )C(0)NHR 15 ,

(III) -C(OH) (R 16 )C(0)NHR 15 or

(IV) -CH(R 16 )C(0)NHR 15 wherein

1) R 15 is i) loweralkyl, ii) hydroxyalkyl, iii) alkoxyalkyl, iv) aminoalkyl, v) alkylaminoalkyl, vi) dialkylaminoalkyl, vii) heterocyclic, viii) aryl, ix) (heterocyclic) alkyl or x) arylalkyl and

2) R 16 is i) hydrogen, ii) loweralkyl, iii) hydroxyalkyl, iv) haloalkyl or v) azidoalkyl;

(V)

■CH 2 C(0)NH-(CH 2 ) t —R 20 R 21

wherein

1) t is 0 to 3,

2) R 2Q is i) CH 2 or ii) N and

3) R 21 is i) NH,

ϋ) 0, iii) S or iv) S0 2 , such that when t is 0 then R 2Q is CH 2 and when t is 1 to 3 then R 20 is N, (VI) -CH 2 CH(R 22 )C(0)NHR 23 wherein

1) R 22 is i) loweralkyl or ii) cycloalkylalkyl and

2) R 23 is i) loweralkyl, ii) hydroxyalkyl, iii) alkoxyalkyl, iv) aminoalkyl, v) alkylaminoalkyl, vi) dialkylaminoalkyl, vii) heterocyclic, viii) aryl, ix) (heterocyclic) alkyl, x) arylalkyl or

wherein a) u is 0 to 3, b) R 24 is CH 2 or N and c) R 25 is NH, 0, S or so 2 ,

such that when u is 0 then R 24 is CH 2 and when u is 1 to 3 then R 24 is N;

wherein

1) R ? is as defined above and

2) R 74 is i) hydrogen, ii) loweralkyl, iii) an N-protecting group or iv) R_75,.-C(0)- wherein R_75 c is aminoalkyl or (N-protected) - aminoalkyl; (VIII)

-CH 2 CH(R 26 )C(0)NHCH(R 27 )C(0)NHCH 2 — ζ

wherein

1) R 26 is i) loweralkyl or ii) cycloalkylalkyl and

2) R 27 is i) loweralkyl or ii) cycloalkylalkyl; (IX) -CH 2 CH(R 81 )NHC(0)R g2 or

-CH 2 CH(R 8 ι)NHS(0)2R82 wherein

1) R gl is i) loweralkyl or ii) cycloalkylalkyl and

2) R 82 is

i) loweralkyl, ii) alkoxy, iii) alkylamino, iv) dialkylamino, v) -OR* wherein R* is aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl or (heterocyclic) alkyl or

as defined above;

(X) -CH 2 NHC(O)R 8 2 or -CH 2 NHS(O) 2 R82 wherein

R 82 is as defined above; or (X) -CF 2 CH(OH)Rg 3 wherein Rg 3 is loweralkyl, loweralkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclic or (heterocyclic)alkyl. The chiral centers of the compounds of the invention may have either the "R", "S" or "R,S" configuration. The terms "R" and "S" configuration are as defined by IUPAC 1974 Recommendations for Section E, Fundamental Stereochemistry, Pure Appl. Chem. (1976) 45, 13-30.

The term "N-protecting group" or "N-protected" as used herein refers to those groups intended to protect nitrogen atoms against undesirable reactions during synthetic procedures or to prevent the attack of exopeptidases on the final compounds or to- increase the solubility of the final

compounds and includes but is not limited to acyl, acetyl, pivaloyl, t-butylacetyl, trichloroethoxycarbonyl, t- butyloxycarbonyl (Boc) , benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) or benzoyl groups or an L- or D- aminoacyl residue, which may itself be N-protected similarly.

The term "loweralkyl" as used herein refers to straight or branched chain alkyl radicals containing from 1 to 7 carbon atoms including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, n-pentyl, 1-methylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, n-hexyl and the like.

The term "loweralkenyl" as used herein refers to a loweralkyl radical which contains at least one carbon- carbon double bond.

The term "aminoalkyl" as used herein refers to -NH 2 appended to a loweralkyl radical.

The term "hydroxyalkyl" as used herein refers to -OH appended to a loweralkyl radical.

The term "alkylamino" as used herein refers to a loweralkyl radical appended to an NH radical.

The term "cycloalkyl" as used herein refers to an aliphatic ring having 3 to 7 carbon atoms.

The term "cycloalkylalkyl" as used herein refers to an cycloalkyl group appended to a loweralkyl radical, including, but not limited to cyclohexylmethyl and the like.

The term "cycloalkenyl" as used herein refers to an aliphatic ring having 3-7 carbon atoms and alsohaving at least one carbon-carbon double bond including, but not limited to, cyclohexenyl and thelike.

The term "cycloalkenylalkyl" as used herein refers to a cycloalkenyl group appended to a loweralkyl radical.

The term "aryl" as used herein refers to a monocyclic or bicyclic carbocyclic ring system having one or more aromatic rings including, but not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl and the like; or "aryl" refers to a heterocyclic aromatic ring as defined herein. Aryl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted with one, two or three substituents independently selected from loweralkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, hydroxy, halo, mercapto, nitro, carboxaldehyde, carboxy and carboxamide.

The term "arylalkyl" as used herein refers to an aryl group appended to a loweralkyl radical including, but not limited to benzyl, naphthylmethyl and the like.

The terms "alkoxy" and "thioalkoxy" as used herein refer to R 30 O- and R 3Q S-, respectively, wherein R 3Q is a loweralkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.

The term "alkoxyalkoxy" as used herein refers to an alkoxy group appended to an alkoxy radical, including, but not limited to methoxymethoxy and the like.

The term "alkoxyalkyl" as used herein refers to an alkoxy group appended to a loweralkyl radical.

The term " (thioalkoxy)alkyl" as used herein refers to thioalkoxy appended to a loweralkyl radical.

The term "dialkylamino" as used herein refers to - R 31 R, 2 wherein R 31 and R 32 are independently selected from loweralkyl groups.

The term "( (alkoxy)alkoxy)alkyl" refers to an alkoxy group appended to an alkoxy group which is appended to a loweralkyl radical.

The term " (N-protected)amino" as used herein refers to -NHR 33 wherein R 33 is an N-protecting group.

The term "(N-protected) (alkyl)amino" as used herein refers to -NR~ 3 R 34 wherein R 33 is an N-protecting group and R 34 is a loweralkyl group.

The term "N-protected aminoalkyl" as used herein refers to -NHR 35 appended to a loweralkyl group, wherein R c is an N-protecting group.

The term "alkylaminoalkyl" as used herein refers to -NHR 6 appended to a loweralkyl radical, wherein R 3g is a loweralkyl group.

The term "(N-protected) (alkyl)aminoalkyl" as used herein refers to -NR 31 -R 3g , which is appended to a loweralkyl radical, wherein R 3C . and R-..- are as defined above.

The term "dialkylaminoalkyl" as used herein refers to -NR 3g R 40 is appended to a loweralkyl radical wherein R 3g and R 4n are independently selected from loweralkyl.

The term "polyalkoxy" as used herein refers to ~0R 4 _. wherein R 4 - is a straight or branched chain containing 1-5, C -0-C linkages wherein w and x are independently selected from 1 to 3, including, but not limited to methoxyethoxymethoxy, ethoxyethoxymethoxy and the like.

The term " (polyalkoxy)alkyl" as used herein refers to a polyalkoxy group appended to a loweralkyl radical.

The term " (heterocyclic)alkyl" or "heterocyclic ring substituted alkyl" as used herein refers to a heterocyclic group appended to a loweralkyl radical, including but not limited to imidazolylmethyl, thiazolylmethyl and the like.

The term "azidoalkyl" as used herein refers to -N_ appended to a loweralkyl radical.

The term "carboxyalkyl" as used herein refers to a carboxylic acid group (-COOH) appended to a loweralkyl radical.

The term "alkylsulfonyl" as used herein refers to R 42 S (0) 2 ~ wherein R 42 is a loweralkyl residue.

The term "alkylsulfonylalkyl" as used herein refers to an alkylsulfonyl group appended to a loweralkyl radical,

The term "thioaryloxy" as used herein refers to R, 3 S- wherein R 43 is an aryl group.

The term "thioaryloxyalkyl" as used herein refers to a thioaryloxy group appended to a loweralkyl radical.

The term "arylsulfonyl" as used herein refers to R 44 S(0) 2 ~ wherein R 44 is an aryl group.

The term "arylsulfonylalkyl" as used herein refers to an arylsulfonyl group appended to a loweralkyl radical.

The term "(alkoxyalkyl) (alkyl)amino" as used herein refers to -NR 45 R 4g wherein R 45 is an alkoxyalkyl group and R 4f - is a loweralkyl group.

The term " (alkoxyalkoxyalkyl) (alkyl)amino" as used herein refers to -NR 4 _R 4g wherein R._ is an alkoxyalkoxyalkyl group and R 4g is a loweralkyl group.

The term "halo" or "halogen" as used herein refers to Cl, Br, F or I substituents.

The term "haloalkyl" as used herein refers to a' loweralkyl radical in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by halogen including, but not limited to, fluoromethyl, 2-chloroethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2- dichloroethyl and the like.

The term "0-protecting group" as used herein refers to a substituent which protects hydroxyl groups and includes but is not limited to substituted methyl ethers, for

example, methoxymethy1, benzyloxymethyl, 2- methoxyethoxymethyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl and tehahydropyranyl; substituted ethyl ethers, for example, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl, t-butyl, benzyl and triphenylmethyl; silyl ethers, for example, trimethylsilyl, t- butyldimethylsilyl and t-butyldiphenylsilyl; cyclic acetals and ketals, for example, methylene acetal, acetonide and benzylidene acetal; cyclic ortho esters, for example, methoxymethylene; cyclic carbonates; and cyclic boronates.

The term "heterocyclic group" or "heterocyclic" as used herein refers to any 3- or 4-membered ring containing a heteroatom selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur, or a 5- or 6-membered ring containing from one to three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; wherein the 5-membered ring has 0-2 double bonds and the 6-membered ring has 0-3 double bonds; wherein the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized; wherein the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized; and including any bicyclic group in which any of the above heterocyclic rings is fused to a benzene ring or another 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring independently as defined above. Heterocyclics in which nitrogen is the heteroatom are preferred. Fully saturated heterocyclics are also preferred. Preferred heterocyclics include: pyrryl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyridyl, piperidinyl, pyrazinyl, piperazinyl, N-methyl piperazinyl, azetidinyl, N-methyl azetidinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, oxazolyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiazolyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl, isothiazolidinyl,

indolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, furyl, thienyl, triazolyl and benzothienyl.

Heterocyclics can be unsubstituted or monosubstituted or disubstituted with substitutents independently selected from hydroxy, halo, oxo (=0) , alkylimino (R*N= wherein R* is a loweralkyl group) , amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, polyalkoxy, loweralkyl, cycloalkyl or haloalkyl.

The most preferred heterocyclics include imidazolyl, pyridyl, piperazinyl, N-methyl piperazinyl, azetidinyl, N- methyl azetidinyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, triazolyl and the following:

wherein b is 1 or 2 and R,. is N, NH, O, S, provided ' that R.-/-N is the point of connection only when R,- n is N,

wherein R 5 - is NH, N-loweralkyl, 0, S, or S0 2 , or

(i) (ii) (iϋ)

wherein the symbols (i) , (ii) and (iii) represent 5- membered heterocycles containing one or more heteroatoms and containing 2 double bonds; wherein R 5 _ is N, 0, or S and not the point of connection and R,- 3 is N when it is the point of connection and NH, 0 or S when it is not the point of connection.

The terms "Ala", "His", "Leu", "Phe", "Tyr", "Cys", "Gly", "Lys", "Sar", "Pro" and "norLeu" as used herein refer to alanine, histidine, leucine, phenylalanine, tyrosine, cysteine, glycine, lysine, sarcosine, proline and norleucine, respectively. In general, the amino acid abbreviations follow the IUPAC-IUB Joint Commission on Biochemical Nomenclature for amino acids and peptides (Eur. J. Biochem. 1984, 158 r 9-31) .

The compounds of the invention may be made as shown in Schemes 1-10. The syntheses of segments containing substituents R-. are described in the Examples or have previously been described (Kempf, et al., J. Med. Chem. 1987, 30, 1978; Luly, et al. , J. Med. Chem. 1987, 30, 1609; Buhlmayer, et al. , U.S. Patent No. 4,727,060; Morisawa, et al., European Patent Application No. 0228192; Ten Brink, PCT Patent Application No. WO87/02986) .

Scheme 1 discloses a general method for the synthesis of compounds of the invention containing substituted piperazines. The process involves reaction of the appropriately substituted piperazine with an alph-halo ester. The ester 2 is hydrolyzed (LiOH/MeOH/H 2 0) and then coupled to the appropriately functionalized amine (in this case 2-amino-l-cyclohexyl-3,4-dihydroxy-6-methyl heptane) using a EDAC, 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3- ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride, or other standard peptide coupling methods to provide the desired product __.

Scheme 2 discloses a general method for the synthesis of compounds of the invention containing N-substituted benzyl piperazines. The dipeptide .5, is synthesized using a mixed anhydride coupling method. The diketopiperazine £., which is formed by heating 5_ in refluxing xylene, is reduced (excess lithium aluminum hydride (LAH) in THF) to give 2- Reaction of 7. with an alpha-bromo ester (in this case ethyl 2-bromo hexanoate) gives £. The amine ϋ is protected (Boc-anhydride in CH 2 C1 2 ) and then the ester is hydrolyzed (LiOH/MeOH/H 2 0) . The free acid _9_ is then coupled to the hydrochloride salt of the appropriately functionalized amine ( in this case 2-amino-l-cyclohexyl- 3,4-dihydroxy-6-methyl heptane) using EDAC or other standard peptide coupling methods to provide ID..

Scheme 3 discloses a general method for the synthesis of benzyl ketopiperazine containing compounds of the invention. The reduced dipeptide 2 is synthesized by oxidation of the precursor protected amino alcohol, followed by a reductive amination. The free amine of H is reacted with an alpha-bromo ester such as benzyl bromoacetate to give 12, which is deprotected by

hydrogenolysis and then cyclized with EDAC-HOBT (hydroxybenzotriazole) or other peptide or lactam forming agents. The lacta -ester 13 is hydrolyzed (LiOH/dioxane/H 2 0) and then coupled to the hydrochloride salt of the appropriately functionalized amine (in this case 2-amino-l-cyclohexyl-3, -dihydroxy-6-methyl heptane) using a standard peptide coupling method such as EDAC to give the desired product 2Λ.

Scheme 4 discloses a method for synthesizing substituted ketopiperazines of the invention which are isomeric with those prepared in Scheme 3. The methyl ester of D-Phe is protected with Boc-anhydride and then allylated with allyl bromide. The intermediate 15. is oxidized to aldehyde 1£. Aldehyde 15. is coupled to an amino acid by reductive amination and then cyclized. The ' lactam-ester E is hydrolyzed (LiOH/water/dioxane) and then coupled to the hydrochloride salt of the appropriately functionalized amine (in this case 2-amino-l-cyclohexyl-3,4-dihydroxy-6- methyl heptane) to give the desired product 20..

Scheme 5 discloses the synthesis of compounds of the invention containing substitued delta-lactams. Valerolactone is alkylated (in this case with a benzyl group) by lithiation at -78°C in THF followed by an alkyl halide (benzyl bromide) . The resulting lactone 21 is transesterified with benzyl alcohol. The primary alcohol 2 is oxidized using Swern conditions and then reductively aminated with an amino acid ester such as L-norleucine methyl ester. The benzyl ester 2A is subjected to hydrogenolysis to remove the benzyl group and the amino acid is cyclized to give lactam 2.2 using EDAC or other standard peptide coupling or lactam forming methods. The

lactam-ester is hydrolyzed and the acid is coupled to the hydrochloride salt of the appropriately functionalized amine (in this case 2-amino-l-cyclohexyl-3,4-dihydroxy-6- methyl heptane) to give the desired product 2ϋ..

Scheme 6 discloses a general method for synthesizing compounds of the invention containing amino substituted gamma- and delta-lactams. Compound 21 (J. AM. Chem. Soc. 215736 (1957)) is deprotonated and alkylated with allyl bromide to provide 22.. Hydrolysis (aq. sodium hydroxide) followed by acidification provides the acid corresponding to 22., which is treated with excess ethereal diazomethane to provide 22.. Oxidation of 21 gives aldehyde 30a. Reductive animation of 30a with the methyl ester of the desired amino acid hydrochloride salt (in this case His- OMe) provides the amino ester 31a f which is cyclized to the corresponding lactam 22. (n=l) . The lactam ester is hydrolyzed to the corresponding acid. The acid is coupled to the hydrochloride salt of the appropriately functionalized amine (in this case 2-amino-l-cyclohexyl- 3,4-dihydroxy-6-methyl heptane) through a standard solultion phase peptide coupling method using a water soluble carbodiimide to give the desired product wherein n=l.

Hydroboration of 28. followed by oxidation gives ' the aldehyde 30b. Reductive amination of 30b with the methyl ester of the desired amino acid hydrochloride salt (in this case L-His-OMe) provides 31b. Lactam ester 22 (n=2) is produced by refluxing a methanolic solution of 31b with isopropyl amine. Ester hydrolysis, followed by coupling to the hydrochloride salt of the appropriately functionalized amine (in this case 2-amino-l-cyclohexyl-3,4-dihydroxy-6-

ethyl heptane) using EDAC or other standard peptide coupling methods, provides the desired product wherein n=2.

Scheme 7 discloses a general method for synthesizing compounds of the invention containing an oxa-lactam. For example, D-phenylalanine is converted to D-3-phenyllactic acid 2, which is esterified to produce 21. The free hydroxy group is allylated with allyl bromide to provide ester 5. which is oxidized to the aldehyde 2-5.. The aldehyde 2£ is reductively aminated with the appropriate amino acid ester (in this case L-His-OMe) to give amino ester 2J., which is thermally cyclized to lactam 21- Lactam ester 28. is hydrolyzed and the imidazole nitrogen is protected as the N-t-Boc derivative. The acid is then coupled to the hydrochloride salt of the appropriately functionalized amine (in this case 2-amino-l-cyclohexyl- 3, -dihydroxy-6-methyl heptane) using EDAC or other standard peptide coupling methods to produce the desired product 39.

Scheme 8 discloses a method for the synthesis of compounds of the invention containing an N-terminal substituted gamma-lactam. A mixed diester 4£ is converted to acids 4 or 42, which are reduced to alcohols 4 or 44, respectively. Alcohols 42 and 44 are then oxidized to aldehydes 4.5 and £. Reductive amination of 4£ with the appropriate amino acid ester (in this case L-His-OMe di-p- toluenesulfonic acid salt) provides amino ester 42. This compound is converted to the free acid, which is then cyclized to 41- Similarly, reductive amination of 42 leads directly to the cyclic derivative 42. Protection of the imidazole nitrogen of 42 and 41 as the N-t-Boc derivative, followed by ester hydrolysis, leads to acids 2Q_ and 51.

Amide formation with the hydrochloride salt of the appropriately functionalized amine (in this case 2-amino-l- cyclohexyl-3,4-dihydroxy-6-methyl heptane) using EDAC or other standard peptide coupling methods, followed by imidazole deprotection, affords 22 and 52, respectively.

Scheme 9 discloses a method for the synthesis of compounds of the invention containing an unsubstituted N- terminal cyclic urea. For example, Boc-phenylalanol 24. is oxidized to the aldehyde and reductively aminated with the appropriate amino acid ester (in this case L-His-OMe di-p- toluenesulfonic acid salt) to give mono-protected diamine 25.. Removal of the protecting group and cyclization affords cyclic urea 5ϋ. Protection of the imidazole nitrogen and benzyl ester hydrogenolysis provides the acid 21. Amide formation with the hydrochloride salt of the appropriately functionalized amine (in this case 2-amino-l- cyclohexyl-3,4-dihydroxy-6-methyl heptane) using EDAC or other standard peptide coupling methods, followed by imidazole deprotection, affords 58.

Scheme 10 discloses a method for the synthesis of compounds of the invention containing an N*-substituted N- terminal cyclic urea. For example, phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride salt is reductively alkylated with an aldehyde or ketone (in this case isobutanal) and the resulting amine is protected to provide ester ϋH. The ester is reduced to the alcohol and the alcohol is oxidized to the aldehyde £1. Treatment of this aldehyde as described in Scheme 9 provides the desired compound £2.

Scheme 11 discloses a general method for the synthesis of benzyl ketopiperazine.containing compounds which are isomeric with the compounds of Scheme 3. Alkylation and

protection of amino-alcohol £2 provides alcohol £4. Oxidation and reductive amination of £4 gives diamine £5. Ring closure to ££, followed by coupling to the hydrochloride salt of the appropriately functionalized amine (in this case 2-amino-l-cyclohexyl-3,4-dihydroxy- 6-methyl heptane) using EDAC or other standard peptide coupling methods to provide 67.

Scheme 12 discloses a general method for synthesizing compounds of the invention containing a sulfonyl substituted ketopiperazine. Compound £8. is sulfonylated, followed by ring formation, to give compounds such as ID. and 12.. Deprotection and coupling of the resulting acid with the appropriately functionalized amine provides products such as 21 and 73.

Scheme 13 discloses a general method for synthesizing compounds of the invention containing amino substiuted delta-lactams. Compound 22. (Scheme 6, n=2) is treated with H 2 and Pd/C in acetic acid, followed by treatment with toluenesulfonyl chloride, to produce di-tosylate 25.. Treatment of 25. with LiOH, followed by ditertbutyldicarbonate, produces acid 2£. Acid 7£ is coupled to the appropriately functionalized amine using EDAC, or other standard peptide coupling methods, to provide the desired product wherein n=2.

Scheme 14 discloses a general method for synthesizing compounds of the invention containing amino substituted delta-lactams which do not contain histidine residues. Compound 30b (Scheme 6, n=2) is reductively alkylated with the corresponding amino acid methyl ester and the resulting product is thermally cyclized to delta-lactam 22- Treatment of 22 with HBr/HOAc, followed by reaction with

sulfonyl chlorides or sulfamoyl chlorides, produces the amino protected compound 28.- Ester hydrolysis of 28., followed by coupling to the appropriately functionalized amine using EDAC or other standard peptide coupling methods, provides the desired product wherein n=2.

Scheme 15 describes an improved synthesis for the amine in Example 139. The lactone £2 was reduced with LAH at room temperature in 5 min and then cyclized under Mitsonobu condition to give the tetrahydrofuran derivative £4. in high yield. The free amine £2 was obtained by deprotection of £4 under acidic condition followed by a basic work-up with saturated NaHC03.

Scheme 16 discloses a general method for the synthesis of the compounds of the invention containing an N,N- disubstituted terminal amino group. Treatment of lactam ester 22 with various aldehydes and sodium-cyanoborohydride in inert solvents produces the N-alkyl compound 21. Standard ester hydrolysis and coupling to various amines using standard peptide coupling methods produces the final inhibitors.

Scheme 17 discloses an improved method for the synthesis of lactam intermediates such as 22 and 22 which are used in the synthesis of compounds of the invention. Compound ££ (J. Chem-. Soc. (c) , 329, 1971) is deprotonated and alkylated with allyl bromide to provide £1. Hydrolysis (aq. lithium hydroxide followed by acidification) affords the amino acid which is treated with CBZ-NOS and then paraformaldehyde to give chiral oxazolidinone ££. Hydroboration of ££ (9-BBN then NaOOH) and oxidation to the aldehyde (PCC) is followed by reductive alkylation with amino acid esters to provide the lactams.

Sc eme-1

l

Scheme-2

a: Mixed anhydride coupling followed by HCI/Dioxane b: Heating in Xylene for 6 h c: LAH in THF, Reflux overnight d: Ethyl Bromohexanoate, K 2 C0 3 , Dioxane, Reflux for 2 h e: teoC-Anhydride, CH 2 CI 2 f: Hydrolysis followed by EDAC coupling of the amine

Scheme-3

COCMa

CBZ-NH ^

a: S0 3 -Pyridine b: nor-Leu-OMe, NaCNBH 3 c: Benzyl bromoacetate, Na 2 Cθ3, Dioxane d: H 2 -Pd, MeOH e: EDAC, HOBT, DMF f. Li ' OH, H 2 0-Dioxane g: EDAC, HOBT, Amine.HCl, DMF

Scheme-4

b: NaN(TMS) 2 , Allyl Bromide, DMF c: Ozone, CH 2 CI 2 d: nor-Leu-OMe, NaCNBH 3 e: Reflux in Xylene f: LiOH, H 2 0-Dioxane g: EDAC, HOBT, Amine.HCl, DMF

Scheme-5

a: LDA, Benzyl Bromide, THF b: Methanol/Sulphuric Acid followed by Benzyl Alcohol/ TsOH , Reflux c: Oxalyl Chloride, DMSO.TEA d: L-nor-Leu-OMe, Sodium Cyanoborohydride IPA e: Hydrogen, 10% Pd-C, MeOH f: EDAC, HOBT.TEA.DMF g: LiOH, Diox-Water h: HCl.Am.ne. EDAC. HOBT, TEA, DMF

Scheme-6

a: KHMDS.THF, -7S°C,allyl bromide e: His-OMe,NaOAc.NaCNBH 3 b: aq. NaOH; H ÷ ; CH-,N 2 f: HOBT,Toluene:DME,rcflux " c: 0-,,-78°C.thenMe S g: 2 eq. isopropylamine.MeOH, d: 9-BBN/THF,NaOOH;PCC h: aq.LiOH.EDAC.Λmine

-105-

Scheme-7

•___-! 2

b: MeOH, TsOH, reflux c: NaH, DMF, allyl bromide d: 0 3 , -78°C, Me 2 S e: His-OCH 3 ,NaOAc,NaCNBH 3 f: MeOH, reflux g: LiOH, BocOBoc, amine, EDAC, HOAc

SCHEME 8

5 a: CF 3 C0 2 H; b: H 2 , Pd/C; c: BH/THF; d: CICOCOCl. DMSO , TEA; e: H-His-OBn sOH 2 . NaOAc, NaCNBH 3 ; f: CF 3 C0 2 H, then EDAC , H03T; g: Eoc-O-Boc, then H 2 , Pd/C; h: EDAC, HOBT, Amine, then HOAc.

Scheme-11

a) Benzyl bromoacetate, TEA, THF b) BOC-Anhydride, Methylene Chloride c) Pyridine-S03 d) L-nor-Leu-OMe, NaCNBH 3 , IPA e) Reflux in Xylene f) NaOH, MeOH-H 2 0 g) Amine, EDAC, HOBT, DMF, TEA

Schcme-12

SCHEME 13

a:H 2 , Pd/C,HOAc e: Amine,EDAC, HOBT b:TsCI,NMM,DMAP,CH 2 Cl2 f: HOAc,THF,H 2 0 c:LiOH,H 2 0 d:BocOBoc

Scheme 14

Thiazolyl

P CHi . a - b phcH 2 W>,

CbzNH (C XHΛ

Cbz i_= 1 or 2

22

30 b

a: Thiazolylalanine-OCH j , d: RSO,Cl,DMAP. NMM, DMF NaCNBH 3 , NaOAc b: MeOH, NaOAc, Reflux e: LiOH,H 2 0 c: HBr / HOAc f: Amine.ED AC, HOBT

Scheme-15

SCHEME 16

R = Tosyl or N-methylpipcrazinyl R' = Methyl, Ethyl, etc.

a: R'CHO, NaCNBH 3 , CH 3 CN b: LiOH,H 2 0 c: Amine, EDAC, HOBT

SCHEME 17

88

a: LiHMDS,DMPU,Allyl Bromide f: 9-BBN b: LiOH,H 2 0 g: NaOOH c:lNHCl h:PCC d: Cbz-Nos i: Thiala-OCH 3 . NaCNBH 3 e:HCHO,TsOH j: NaOAc,MeOH,Reflux

Particularly useful intermediates for the preparation of the novel compounds of this invention are compounds of the formula:

(I) absent,

(II) hydrogen,

(III) an N-protecting group,

(IV) aryl,

(V) heterocyclic, or

(VI) Rg-Q- wherein 1) R, is i) loweralkyl, ii) amino, iii) alkylamino, iv) dialkylamino, v) (alkoxyalkyl) (alkyl) amino, vi) (alkoxyalkoxyalkyl) (alkyl) amino, vii) aryl, viii) arylalkyl,

ix) aminoalkyl, x) (N-protected)aminoalkyl, xi) alkoxy, xii) substituted loweralkyl wherein the substituent is selected from alkoxy, thioalkoxy, halogen, alkylamino, (N-protected) (alkyl)amino and dialkylamino, xiii)

wherein is 1 to 5 and R 7 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, polyalkoxy, amino, (N-protected)amino, alkylamino, (N-protected) (alkyl)amino or dialkylamino; or xiv)

wherein R g is O, S, S0 2 , 0=C or R_N wherein R„ is hydrogen, loweralkyl or an N-protecting group; and 2) Q is i) C=0 or ii) CH 2 , with the proviso that X is N when R. is an N-protecting group;

(VII) R 5 .S(0) 2 - wherein R g4 is

1) amino,

2) alkylamino,

3) dialkylamino,

4) loweralkyl,

5) haloalkyl,

6) aryl,

7) p-biphenyl,

8) heterocyclic or

(VIII) (R 55 ) 2 P(0)- wherein R 55 is

1) alkoxy,

2) alkylamino or

3) dialkylamino.

A and L are independently selected from (I) absent, (ID C=0,

(III) S0 2 and

(IV) CH 2 .

D is

(I) C=0,

(II) S0 2 or

(III) CH 2 .

Y is

(I) N or

(II) CH.

R 2 is

(I) hydrogen,

(II) loweralkyl,

(III) cycloalkylalkyl,

(IV) -CH 2 -R 1() -(CH 2 ) -R ι:L wherein

1) q is 0, 1 or 2,

2) R 10 is absent or R.. Q is 0, NH or S only when q is 1 or 2, and

3) R.. is i) aryl or ii) heterocyclic.

Z is

(I) hydrogen or

(II) -R 28 C(0)R 29 , -R 28 S(0) 2 R29 or -R 2 8-C(S)R 2 9 wherein

1) R 28 is i) NH, ii) -N(R2θθ) _ wherein R200 is loweralkyl or benzyl or iii) CH„ and

2) R 29 is i) alkoxy, ii) benzyloxy, iii) alkylamino, iv) dialkylamino, v) aryl or vi) heterocyclic.

R 3 is

(I) hydrogen,

(II) loweralkyl,

(III) loweralkenyl,

(IV) cycloalkylalkyl,

(V) cycloalkenylalkyl,

(VI) alkoxyalkyl,

(VII) thioalkoxyalkyl, (VIIII) (alkoxyalkoxy) alkyl,

(IX) (polyalkoxy) alkyl,

(X) arylalkyl or

(XI) (heterocyclic)alkyl.

n is 0 or T.

Acid halide derivatives of the above intermediates include the acid chloride. Activated ester derivatives of the above intermediates include activated esters commonly used by those skilled in the art for activating carboxylic acid groups for coupling with an amine to form a peptide bond, including, but not limited to formic and acetic acid derived anhydrides, anhydrides derived from alkoxycarbonyl halides such as isobutyloxycarbonylchloride and the like, N-hydroxysuccinimide derived esters, N-hydroxyphthalimide derived esters, N-hydroxybenzotriazole derived esters, N- hydroxy-5-norbornene-2, 3-dicarboxamide derived esters, 4- nitrophenol derived esters, 2, 4, 5-trichlorophenol derived esters and the like.

Novel compounds of the invention include the following.

Example Rl R 2 R 3 Rϋ Rs

um rr

-1 PI

m

Example n X Ri Z R 3 R 4 R 5 45 O N H 4-imidazolyl- cyclohexylmethyl 1 methyl

47 O N H n-butyl cyclohexylmethyl 1

48 H n-butyl cyclohexylmethyl 1

CD

C

49 H 4-thiazolyl- cyclohexylmethyl 1 methyl

* ,

50 H n-butyl cyclohexylmethyl 1 μj c to

* i m 51 H 4-imidazolyl- cyclohexylmethyl 1 to methyl

* X 56 CH H n-butyl cyclohexylmethyl 1

*

63 CH C=0 CH N benzyl Cbz- 4-imidazolyl- cyclohexylmethyl 1

NH methyl

*

73 CH -- C=θ CH N benzyl H 4-imidazolyl- cyclohexylmethyl 1

86 CH CH

95 CH C=0 CH N benzyl H 4-imidazolyl- cyclohexylmethyl 1 2 2 methyl

Example X Ri R 2 118 N isobutyl — CH

119 N isobutyl — CH

120 CH.

(0 c

03 121 CH -- c=o

122 CH CH

C

en

X

CH N benzyl

Example n X Rl Y R 2 R 3 R4 R5 l <N-Boc)-4- cyclohexylmethyl 2* 142 0 N 4-methyl- CH 2 C=0 CH„ N benzy piperazin-1-yl imidazolyl- sulfonyl methyl

CH C=0 CH N benzyl H 4-imidazolyl- cyclohexylmethyl 2*

143 4-methyl- piperazin-1-yl methyl

CH C=0 CH N benzyl 4-imidazolyl- cyclohexylmethyl 4*

147 -methyl- piperazin-1-yl methyl sulfonyl H H r ι__ H _ C=0 CH

151 C , 2 N benzyl 4-methyl- 4-thiazolyl- cyclohexylmethyl 1 * piperazin-1-yl- methyl sulfonylamino

Example n X Rl A D h R 2 3 R4 R5 152 0 CH CH 2 c=0 CH„ N benzyl 4-methyl- 4-thiazolyl- cyclohexylmethyl 4* piperazin-1-yl- methyl sulfonylamino

156 0 CH CH 2 C=0 CH„ N benzyl p-toluene- 4-thiazolyl- cyclohexylmethyl 1* sulfonylamino methyl

157 0 N 4-methyl- CH 2 C=0 CH. N benzyl H '4-thiazoiyl- T = 5* piperazin-1-yl methyl O sulfonyl c 158 0 N 4-methyl- CH 2 C=0 CH- N benzyl H 4-thiazolyl- T - 6* piperazin " l-yl methyl I ω I- 1 sulfonyl

H I

H 159 0 N 4-methyl- CH 2 C=0 CH. N benzyl H 4-thiazolyl- T = 7*

C piρerazin-1-yl methyl H sulfonyl m

CO 160 0 N 4-methyl- CH ? c=0 CH _> N benz l H 4-thiazolyl- T = 8*

I piperazin-1-yl ethyl m m sulfonyl

H 161 0 N 4-methyl- CH 2 C=0 CH. N benzyl H 4-thiazolyl- T = 9* piperazin-1-yl ethyl sulfonyl

162 0 ' N 4-methyl- CH 2 C=0 CH. N benzyl H 4-thiazolyl- T = 10* piperazin-1-yl methyl sulfonyl

V "t

* *

Example n X Ri A D L 3 163 0 N 4-methyl- CH, C=0 CH- N benzyl 4-thiazolyl- T = 11" plρerazin-1-yl methyl sulfonyl

164 0 N 4-methyl- CH, C=0 CH, N benzyl H 4-thiazolyl- T = 12* piperazin-1-yl methyl sulfonyl

CO c 165 0 N 4-methyl- CH, c=0 CH _ > N benzyl H 4-thiazolyl- T = 13*

U3 piperazin-1-yl methyl ω sulfonyl

H H 166 0 N 4-methyl- CH C=0 CH N benzyl 4-thiazolyl- T = 14* ι I- 1 c piperazin-1-yl methyl to

H sulfonyl I m

167

CO 0 N 4-methyl- CH, c=0 H 5 N benzyl 4-thiazolyl- T = 15* z piperazin-1-yl methyl m sulfonyl rπ

H 168 0 N 4-methyl- CH, c=0 H N benzyl H 4-thiazolyl- T = 16* piperazin-1-yl methyl sulfonyl

169 0 CH H CH 2 C=0 CH N benzyl 4-methyl- 4-thiazolyl- T = 5* piperazin-1-yl- methyl sulfonylamino

Example n X Rj A D R 2 3

T = 6* 170 0 CH H CH 2 C=0 CH, N benzyl 4-methyl- 4-thiazolyl- piperazin-1-yl- methyl sulfonylamino

171 CH 2 C=0 CH N benzyl 4-methyl- 4-thiazolyl- 7*

0 CH H piperazin-1-yl- methyl sulfonylamino

CO c 0 CH H CH CH N benzyl 4-methyl- 4-thiazolyl- 8*

03 172 2 C=0 piperazin-1-yl- methyl

% sulfonylamino

Α c 173 0 CH H CH 2 C=0 CH. N benzyl 4-methyl- 4-thiazolyl- 9* - ρiperazin-1-yl- methyl t CT\ m sulfonylamino 1

(j) x 174 0 CH H CH 2 C=0 CH. N benzyl 4-methyl- 4-thiazolyl- T = 10* piperazin-1-yl- methyl sulfonylamino

175 0 CH H. CH 2 C~0 CH N benzyl 4-methyl- 4-thiazolyl- 11* piperazin-1-yl- methyl sulfonylamino

176 0 CH H CH 2 C=0 CH, N benzyl 4-methyl- 4-thiazolyl- 12* piperazin-1-yl- mothyl sulfonylamino

177 0 CH H CH 2 C=0 CH- N benzyl 4-methyl- 4-thiazolyl- 13* piperazin-1-yl- methyl sulfonylamino

Example n X Rl A D L R 2 3

178 0 CH H CH 2 C=0 H 2 benzyl 4-methyl- 4-thiazolyl- T = 14 J piperazin-1-yl- methyl sulfonylamino

179 0 CH H CH 2 C=0 CH 2 benzyl 4-methyl- 4-thiazolyl- T = 15* piperazin-1-yl- methyl sulfonylamino benzyl 4-methyl- 4-thiazolyl- T = 16* c 0 0 CH H CH 2 C=0 CH 2 piperazin-1-yl- methyl

CD sulfonylamino

182 0 CH H CH 2 C=0 CH 2 benzyl N-methyl-N-(4- 4-thiazolyl- R =cyclohexylmethyl c methyl-piperazin- methyl * 5 - « * 1-yl-sulfonyl)amino m 183 0 CH H CH 2 c=o CH„ benzyl N-methyl-N-(4- 4-thiazolyl- R =cyclohexylmethyl O

X methyl-piperazin- methyl R 5 = 1* m 1-yl-sulfonyl)amino

1 = -CH(0H)CH CH(CH ) 2 2* = 3-ethyloxazolidin-2-on-5-yl 3* = -CH 2 CH(CH(CH3) 2 ) -C(0)NH-n-butyl

4* = 4-methyltetrahydrofur-2-yl

5* = -NHCH(CH2cyclohexyl)CH(OH)CH2CH(CH3)CH2S02CH(CH3)2

6* = -NHCH(CH2cycloheχyl)CH(OH)C02CH(CH3)2

7* = -NHCH(CH2cyclohexyl)CH(OH)CH2C(0)NHCH2CH2morpholin-4-yl

2-pyrid-2-yl H 1 -pyrid-2-yl I

)

Preferred compounds of the invention include: 3- (3-Thiazolyl)-2-(3R-benzyl—-N-(N-methylpiperazyl)- sulfonyl-2-keto-piperazin-l-yl) -propionic acid Amide of Butyl 5 (S) -amino-β-cyclohexyl-4 (S) -hydroxy-2 (R) - isopropylhexan-amide;

3-(3N-tert-butyloxycarbonyl-2-imidazolyl)-2- (3R-benzyl-4-N- (N-methylpiperazyl)-sulfonyl-2-keto-piperazin-l-yl) - propionic acid Amide of (2 'S, 1'R,5S) -3-Ethyl-5-(1 '-hydroxy- 2 '-amino-3'-cyclohexylpropyl)oxazolidin-2-one; 3- (2-imidazolyl) -2- (3R-benzyl-4-N- (N-methylpiperazyl) - sulfonyl-2-keto-piperazin-l-yl) -propionic acid Amide of (2 'S, 1'R, 5S) -3-Ethyl-5- (1 '-hydroxy-2 '-amino-3 '- cyclohexylpropyl) oxazolidin-2-one;

3- (3N-tert-butyloxycarbonyl-2-imidazolyl) -2- (3R-benzyl-4N- (N-methylpiperazyl) -sulfonyl-2-keto-piperazin-l-yl) - propionic acid Amide of 2 (S) -Amino-l-cyclohexyl-3 (R) , 4 (S) - dihydroxy-6-methylheptane;

3- (2-imidazolyl) -2-(3R-benzyl-4N- (N-methylpiperazyl) - sulfonyl-2-keto-piperazin-l-yl) -propionic acid Amide of 2 (S) -Amino-l-cyclohexyl-3 (R) ,4 (S) -dihydroxy-6- ethyIheptane;

3- (3N-tert-butyloxycarbonyl-2-imidazolyl)-2-(3R-benzyl-4N- (N-methylpiperazyl) -sulfonyl-2-keto-piperazin-l-yl) - propionic acid Amide of 2 (S) -Amino-3-cyclohexyl-l (R) - hydroxy)propy1-4 (S) -methyltetrahydrofuran; 3-(2-imidazolyl) -2-(3R-benzyl-4N-(N-methylpiperazyl)- sulfonyl-2-keto-piperazin-l-yl) -propionic acid Amide of 2 (S)-Amino-3-cyclohexyl-l (R) -hydroxy)propyl- (S) - methyltetrahydrofuran;

(2S)-( (3S)-( (N-methylpiperazinsulfonyl)-amino-3- phenylmethyl-2-oxo-l-piperidinyl)3-(4-thiazolyl)-propionic acid amide of 2(S)-Amino-l-cyclohexyl-3(R) ,4(S)-dihydroxy- 6-methyl ep ane;

(2S)-Methyl-((3S)-( (N-methylpiperazinsulfonyl)-amino-3- phenylmethyl-2-oxo-l-piperidinyl)-3-(4-thiazolyl)propionic acid amide of 2(S) -Amino-l-cyclohexyl-3(R) , (S)-dihydroxy- 6-met ylheptane; and

(2S)-2-((1-tert-butyloxycarbonyl)-l-imidazol-4-yl-methyl) - 3-( (3(S)-(4-methyl-benzenesulfonyl)-amino-3-phenylmethyl-2- oxo-1-piperidinyl) amide of 2(S)-Amino-1-cyclohexyl- 3 (R) ,4 (S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane.

The following examples will serve to further illustrate preparation of the novel compounds of the invention.

-131-

Example 1

2(S)-t-Butyloxycarbonylamino-1-cyclohexyl-

6-meth.ylhept-3-ene.

To a stirred -78°C solution of Boc-cyclohexylalanine methyl ester (40 g, 140 mrnol) in anhydrous toluene (250 ml) was added diisobutylaluminum hydride (130 M%, 1.5 M solution in toluene, 121.4 ml) at a rate to keep the internal temper¬ ature below -60°C. After stirring for an additional 20 minutes at -78°C, the aldehyde solution is used immediately as described below.

To a potassium hydride (35% dispersion in oil, 32.09 g) suspension in a 0°C mixture of anhydrous THF/DMS0 (1000 ml/200 ml) under dry N 2 was added 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexamethyl- disilazane (209 M%, 49.07 g) dropwise. After stirring at 0°C for 1 hour, the resulting solution was added via cannula to a 0°C flask containing isopentyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (209 M%, 125.66 g). The mixture was stirred vigor¬ ously for 1 hour at which time it was cooled to -78°C. The -78°C aldehyde solution prepared above was then added via cannula. After stirring at -78°C for 15 minutes, the mix¬ ture was allowed to slowly warm to room temperature and then heated to 40°C for 12 hours. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature and quenched with methanol (7.65 ml) fol¬ lowed by aqueous Rochelle salts (100 ml saturated solution and 500 ml H2O). The mixture was then extracted with ethyl acetate (2x). The combined extracts were washed with water and brine. Drying ( gS0 4 ) and evaporating provided crude alkene which was chromatographed on silica gel (ether/

hexane) to give 16.5 g (38%) of the desired compound as an 85:15 mixture of cis:trans iso ers. .p. = 53-55°C. Mass spectrum: M + = 309.

Anal. Calcd. for C lg H 35 N0 2 C, 73.7; H, 11.4; N, 4.5.

Found: C, 73.8; H, 11.4; N, 4.5.

Example 2

2(S)-Am no-l-cyclohexyl-3,4-dihydroxy-6- meth.ylheptane: The 3(R)4(S , 3(S)4(S), 3(R)4(R), and 3(S)4(R) Diastereomers.

To a solution of the resultant compound of Example 1 (8.50, 27.5 mmol) in dry THF (150 ml) were added 0s0 4 (2.8 ml of a 2.5% solution in t-butanol and N-methylmorpholine N- oxide (9.28 g, 68.7 mmol). After 4 days the mixture was partitioned between ether (200 ml) and brine (100 ml). The aqueous layer was back-extracted with ether (2 x 100 ml), and the combined organic phase was washed with 10% Na 2 S0 3 , 0.1 M H3PO4, and brine. Drying (MgS0 4 ) and evaporating provided a residue (10.81 g) which was chromatographed on silica gel to elute a 60% yield of the 4 diols in the fol¬ lowing order.

3(R),4(S) Mass spectrum: (M+H) + = 344.

Anal. Calcd. for C lg H 37 N0 4 : C, 66.4; H, 10.9; N, 4.1.

Found: C, 66.4; H, 10.8; N, 3.9.

3(S),4(S) Mass spectrum: (M+H) + = 344.

Anal. Calcd. for C lg H 37 N0 4 : C, 66.4; H, 10.9; N, 5.1.

Found: C, 66.4; H, 11.1; N, 4.0.

3(R),4(R) Mass spectrum: (M+H) + = 344.

3(S),4(R) Mass spectrum: (M+H) + = 344.

Anal. Calcd. for C 19 H 37 N0 4 : C, 66.4; H, 10.9; N, 4.1.

Found: C, 66.0; H, 10.7; N, 4.0.

The 3(R) ,4(S)-isomer was converted to the corresponding free amine or its hydrochloride salt following the procedure given below. A 0.17 g (0.50 mmol) portion of the 3(R),4(S)- isomer was added to 5 ml of 4M HCl-Dioxane at room tempera¬ ture. After 1 h at this temperature, solvent and excess HCl was removed under reduced pressure. The residual liquid was dissolved in CH 2 Cl 2 -toluene (1:4 ratio) and then concen¬ trated under reduced pressure which gave the solid hydro¬ chloride salt. To obtain the free amine, the HCl-salt was added to a stirring slurry of NH 3 -H 2 0/AcOEt. The organic layer was separated, dried over MgS0 , and concentrated jjn vacuo to produce the desired free amine.

Example 3 4(S)-t-Buty1oxycarbonylamino-5-cyclohexyl- 3(R,S)-hydroxy-l-pentene. To a stirred -78°C solution of Boc-cyclohexylalanine methyl ester (10.2 g, 35.8 mmol) in dry toluene (60 ml) was added diisobutylaluminum hydride (34 ml of a 1.5 M solution in toluene). After 30 min, vinyl magnesium bromide (108 ml of 1 M solution in tetrahydrofuran (THF)) was added. After stirring for 15 h at 0°C, the mixture was carefully quenched with methanol, treated with Rochelle salts (22 ml of satur¬ ated aqueous solution in 140 ml H 2 0), and filtered. After extracting the solids 5 times with ethyl acetate, the extracts and filtrate were combined and the organic phase was washed with brine, dried, filtered and evaporated to an

oil (10.2 g). Chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexane/ethyl acetate mixtures provided 6.1 g (60%) of the desired product.

Anal. Calcd. for C 15 H 2g N0 3 -?ϋ H 2 0: C, 66.8; H, 10.3; N, 4.9.

Found: C, 66.9; H, 10.2; N-. . 4.7.

Example 4

4(S)-Cyclohexylmethyl-5(R,S)-vinyl-2-oxazolidinone.

The resultant product of Example 3 (2.80 g, 9.88 mmol) in dry dimethylformamide (DMF) (50 ml) was added to a stir¬ red suspension of NaH (593 mg of a 60% dispersion in oil, 14.8 mmol, hexane washed) in dry DMF (50 ml). After 3 h, the mixture was quenched (750 ml water + 100 ml brine) and extracted with ether (5 x 100 ml). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (3 x 50 ml), dried (MgS0 4 ) , filtered and evaporated to an oil (2.23 g). The NMR spectrum of the crude product revealed an 82:18 mixture of 5S:5R diastereo ers. S lica gel chromatography gave 80% recovery of pure diastereomers. 5S:

Anal. Calcd. for C 12 H lg N0 2 : C, 68.9; H, 9.1; N, 6.7.

Found: C, 68.4; H, 9.2; N, 6.5. Mass spectrum: (M+l) + = 210. 5R: Mass spectrum: (M+l) + = 210.

Example 5 (3S,4S)-3-Hydroxy-4-amino-5-cyclohexyl-l-pentene> To the resultant 5S-diastereomer from Example 4 (2.06 g, 9.84 mmol) in dioxane (180 ml) and water (120 ml) was added barium hydroxide octahydrate (6.24 g, 19.8 mmol). The mixture was refluxed for 18 h, cooled, filtered, concen-

trated, taken up in water and extracted with ethyl acetate which was dried over Na 2 S0 4 and evaporated to afford 1.64 g (91%) of the desired product, m.p.: 59-61°C.

Anal. Calcd. for C n H 21 N0: C, 72.08; H, 11.55; N, 7.64.

Found: C, 71.67; H, 11.68; N, 7.36.

Example 6 (3S,4S)-3-Hydroxy-4-tert-butyloxycarbony1amino- 5-cyclohexy1-1-pentene. To the resultant compound from Example 5 (1.62 g, 8.84 mmol) in ethylene chloride (20 ml) was added di-tert- but ldicarbonate (1.93 g, 8.84 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 14 h, diluted with ethyl acetate, washed sequen¬ tially with 0.5 M H 3 P0 4 , saturated NaHC0 3 solution and brine, then dried over Na 2 S0 4 and evaporated to afford 2.51 g (100%) of the desired compound.

Example 7 (3S,4S)-3-Methoxyethoxymethoxy-4-tert- butyloxycarbonylamino-5-cyclohexyl-1-pentene. To the resultant compound from Example 6 (2.51 g, 8.84 mmol) in methylene chloride (20 ml) was added diisopropylethylamine (4.60 ml, 26.4 mmol) and methoxy- ethoxychloro ethane (3.00 ml, 26.3 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 24 h the mixture was concentrated, diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with 0.5 M H 3 P0 4 , satur¬ ated NaHC0 solution, then brine, dried over Na 2 S0 4 , and evaporated. Chromatography on silica gel with ethyl acetate/ hexane mixtures afforded 2.63 g (80%) of the desired product as an oil. EI-MS: M + = 371.

Exa ple 8 (2RS,3R,4S)-3-Methox.yethoxymethoxy-4-tert- butyloxycarbonylamino-5-cyclohexyl-l,2-oxopentane. To the resultant compound from Example 7 (5.41 g, 14.56 mmol) in methylene chloride (50 ml) was added 3-chloroperbenzoic acid (6.28 g)„ After stirring at room temperature for 60 h the mixture was concentrated, diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with cold 1:115% aqueous Na 2 S0 3 solution/saturated NaHC0 3 solution (2 x 200 ml), saturated NaHC0 3 solution (3 x 100 ml) then brine (1 x 100 ml), dried over Na 2 S0 4 , and evaporated to afford 4.57 g (81%) product as an oil. EI-MS: M + = 387.

Example 9 (2'S,l'R,5S)-3-Ethy1-5-(l'-methoxyethoxymethoxy-

2'-tert-butyloxycarbonylamino-3'-cyclohexylpropyl)- oxazolidin-2-one.

To the resultant compound from Example 8 (310 mg, 0.80 mmol) in isopropanol (5 ml) was added ethylamine (200 mg, 4 mmol). The mixture was heated at 70°C for 48 h, evaporated and dissolved in methylene chloride (5 ml). To this solution was added triethylamine (0.34 ml, 2.4 mmol) and phosgene in toluene (1.0 ml, 1.2 mmol, 12.5% solu¬ tion). After 2 h the mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with 0.5 M H P0 4 , saturated NaHC0 3 solution then brine, dried over Na 2 S0 and evaporated. Chromatog¬ raphy of the residue on silica gel with 1:1 ethyl acetate/ hexane provided 14.3 mg (4%) of the 5R isomer followed by 63.0 mg (17%) of the desired 5S isomer, both as oils.

5S-Isomer: X H-NMR (CDC1 3 ,TMS) δ 4.83 (d,lH), 4.80 (d,lH), 4.58 (m.lH), 3.49 (s,3H), 1.43 (s,9H), 1.15 (t,3H).

5R-Isomer: MS (M+H) + = 459.

Example 10 Ethyl 2-(4-(2-pyrimidyl)-piperazyl)-hexanoate. A suspension of l-(2-pyrimidyl)piperazine (6 g, 36.6 mmol), ethyl 2-bromohexanoate (8.16 g, 1 equiv) and powdered K 2 C0 3 (5 g, 2 molar equiv) in EtOH (50 ml) was heated under reflux for 3.5 h. The reaction was diluted with H 2 0/AcOEt. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgS0 4 and concentrated j vacuo to give 9.2 g crude oil (82% crude yield): DCI-NH3-MS, m/z (relative intensity), 307 (MH + , 100%), and 233 (8%); l H NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) δ 8.30 (d,J=5Hz,2H), 6.48 (t,J=5Hz,lH), 4.20 (m,2H), 3.90-3.70 (m,4H), 3.21 (dd,J=6,8Hz,lH) , 2.75-2.60 (m,4H), 2.10-1.20 (m,9H), and 0.90 (6t,J=7Hz,3H).

Example 11 2-(4-(2-Pyrimidy1)-piperazyl)-hexanoic Acid. The ester from Example 10 (4.66 g, 15.23 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (100 ml) and hydrolyzed with LiOH (2 equiv in 30 ml H 2 0) at room temperature for 2 h. At the end, the free acid was generated by adding HCl-Dioxane solution (4.5 M in HCl, 8.8 ml used). The sample was evaporated to dryness and extracted with CH 2 C1 2 . Evaporation of solvent under reduced pressure and drying under high vacuum gave 3.95 g crude acid (84%); DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z (relative inten¬ sity), 279 (MH + , 100%), 233 (10%), and 164 (16%).

Example 12 2-(4-(2-Pyrimidy1)-piperazin-l-yl)-hexanoic acid Amide of 2(S)-Amino-l-cyc1ohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy- 6-methylheptane. To a solution containing the free amine from Example 2 (218 mg, 0.89 mmol), HOBT (365 mg, 3 equiv), acid (250 mg, 0.89 mmol) from Example 11 in dry DMF (10 ml) at 0°C under N 2 , was added EDAC (173 mg, 1 equiv). The reaction was stirred at 0°C for 2 h and then at room temperature over¬ night. The light yellow solution was d luted with sat NaHC0 3 and AcOEt. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgS0 4 and concentrated in vacuo. The chromatog- raphic purification (silica gel, AcOEt-Hexane, 1:1) of the crude product gave two diastereomers 12A and 12B (275 mg, total yield 61%):

(12A): R f = 0.51 (AcOEt); m.p. 150-151°C; DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z (relative intensity) 504 (MH + , 100%), 416 (5%), and 278 (8%): l H NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) δ: 8.31 (d,J=5H∑,2H), 7.00 (NH,d,J=9Hz,lH), 6.51 (t,J=5Hz,lH), 4.48 (b s,lH), 4.35 (m,lH), 3.90-3.72 (m,4H), 3.23 (b s,2H), 2.98 (t,J=6Hz,lH), 2.70-2.55 (m,4H), 2.00-1.10 (m,=22H), and 1.00-0.80 (m,9H); Anal. (C 28 H 4g 0 3 N 5 ) C,H,N.

(12B): R f = 0.41 (AcOEt); m.p. 217-218 β C; DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z (relative intensity), 504 (MH + , 100%), 416 (8%), and 278 (18%); l NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) δ: 8.32 (d,J=5Hz,2H), 6.85 (d,NH,J=9Hz,lH), 6.51 (t,0=5Hz,lH), 4.34 (m,lH), 3.85 (t,J=4.5Hz,2H), 3.24 (b S,1H), 2.90 (dd,0=5,7Hz,lH), 2.70- 2.50 (m,2H), 2.00-1.10 (m,-22H), and 1.00-0.80 (m,9H); Anal. (C 28 H 4g 0 3 N 5 ) C,H,N.

Example 13

2-(4-Benzy1pi peridi n-l-yl )-hexanoic acid Amide of

2(S)-Amino-l-cyclohexyl-3(R) ,4(S)-dihydroxy-

6-methylheptane.

The desired compound was made following the procedure as described in Example 10, 11, and 12. In this case, 4-benzyl piperidine was used as starting material.

Less polar diastereomer: f = 0.16 (hexane-AcOEt, 3:1); DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z (relative intensity), 515 (MH + , 100%), 342 (20%), 289 (7%), 244 (41%), and 174 (52%); *H NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) δ: 7.32-7.10 (m5H), 7.08 (d,J=9Hz,lH), 4.53 (b S,1H), 4.29 (t of d,J=3,9.9Hz,lH), 3.20 (b s,2H)., 2.90 (t,J=6Hz,lH), 2.80 (b t,J=10,10Hz,2H), 2.55 (b d,J=7Hz,2H), 2.29 (t,J=ll, HHz.lH), 2.10 (t,0=HHz,lH), 1.90 (m,lH), 1.80-1.05 (m,=27H), 0.98-0.80 (m,9H); Anal. (C 32 H 54 0 3 N 2 ) C,H,N.

Example 14

2-(4-Benzylpipεridin-l-y1 )-hexanoic acid Amide of

2(S)-Amino-l-cyc1ohexy1-3(R) ,4(S)-di hydrox.y-

6-methylheptane.

This is the more polar diastereomer of the compound described in Example 13.

R f = 0.14 (Hexane-AcOEt, 3:1); DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z (relative intensity), 515 (MH + , 100%), 342 (17%), 289 (15%), 244 (67%), and 174 (40%); l NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) δ: 7.31-7.10 (m,5H), 6.89 (d,J=3Hz,lH), 4.30 (m,lH), 3.21 (b s,lH), 2.90- 2.70 (m,2H), 2.53 (d,J=7Hz,lH), 2.20-1.10 (m,=27H), 1.00- 0.80 (m,9H); Anal. (C 32 H 54 0 3 N 2 ) C,H,N.

Exa ple 15

2-(4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-piperazin-l-yl)-hexanoic acid Amide of 2(S,-Amiπo-l-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-

6-methylheptane.

The desired compound was made following the procedure described in Example 10, 11, and-12. In this case (4-methoxyphenyl)-piperazine was used as the starting material.

Less polar diastereomer: m.p. 152-153°C; Rf = 0.30 (Hexane-AcOEt, 1:1); DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z (relative intensity), 532 (MH + , 100%), 261 (18%), and 191 (8%); l NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) δ: 6.98 (d,J=9Hz,lH), 6.92-6.80 (m,4H), 4,47 (b s,lH), 4.33 (t of d,J=4,9,9Hz,lH), 3.78 (s,-0CH 3 ,3H), 3.24 (b s,2H), 3.10 (m,4H), 2.98 (dd,J=6,7Hz,lH) , 2.23 (m,4H), 1.92 (m,lH), 1.80-1.08 (m,=22H), and 1.00-0.80 (m,9H); Anal. (C 31 H 53 0 4 N 3 ), C,H,N.

Example 16

2-(4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-piperazin-l-yl)-hexanoic acid Amide of 2(S)-Amino-l-cyclohexyl-3(R ,4(S)-dihydroxy-

6-methylheptane.

This is the more polar diastereomer of the compound described in Example 15. m.p. 147-148°C; R f = 0.25 (Hexane-AcOEt, 1:1); DCI-NH 3 - MS (relative intensity, 532 (MH + , 100%), 342 (4%), 261 (23%), and 193 (8%); l H NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MH Z ) δ: 6.92-6.80 (m,4H), 4.65 (b S,1H), 4.32 (t of d,J=5,9,9Hz,lH), 3.78 (s,-0CH 3 ,3H), 3.25 (b s,2H), 3.10 (t,J=4,4Hz,4H) , 2.91 (dd,J=5,7Hz,lH), 2.80-2.62 (m,4H), 1.93 (m,lH), 1.80-1.10 (m,-22H), and 1.00-0.80 (m,9H); Anal. (C 31 H 53 0 4 N 3 ) C,H,N.

-141-

Example 17 2-(4-(2-Pyridy1)-piperazin-l-yl)-hexanoic acid Amide of 2(S)-Amino-l-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy- 6-methylheptane. The desired compound was synthesized following the procedure described in Example 10, 11, and 12. 2-Pyridyl- piperazine was used as the starting material.

Less polar diastereomer: DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z (relative intensity) 503 (MH + , 100%), 485 (6%), 415 (7%), and 277 (7%); l NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) δ: 8.20 (m,lH), 7.49 (t,J=7,7Hz,lH), 7.00 (d,J=9Hz,lH), 6.64 (m,2H), 4.45 (b S,1H), 4.34 (t of d,J=4,9,9Hz,lH), 3.63-3.45 (m,4H), 3.25 (b s,2H), 2.98 (t,J=7Hz,lH), 2.80-2.60 (m,4H), 1.93 (m,lH), 1.80-1.05 (m, H), and 1.00-0.80 (m,9H); Anal. (C 2g H 4g N 4 0 3 ) C,H,N.

Example 18 2-(3-Benzylpiperidin-i-yl)-hexanoic acid Amide of 2(S)-Amino-l-cycTohex,yl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy- 6-methylheptane. The title compound was made starting with 3-benzyl- piperidine and following the procedure as described in Example 10, 11, and 12. This synthesis produced four pos¬ sible diastereomers and the spectral data for three active diastereomers are given in Example 18 (Rf=0.49,Hexane-EtoAc 1:1) 19 (Rf=0.32,Hexane-EtoAc 1:1 and 20 (Rf=0.42, Hexane- EtoAc 1:1). DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z (relative intensity), 515 (MH + , 100%), 244 (30%), and 174 (24%); l ti NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) δ: 7.34-7.10 (m,5H), 7.02 (b s,lH), 4.30 (m,lH), 3.22 (m,2H), 2.89 (m,lH), 2.79 (m,2H), 2.60-2.45 (m,2H), 2.30- 1.05 (m,=31H), and 1.05-0.75 (m,9H); Anal. (C 32 H 54 0 3 N 2 ) C,H,N.

Example 19 2-(3-Benzylpiperidin-l-yl)-hexanoic acid Amide of 2(S)-Amino-l-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S -dihydroxy- 6-methyl heptane. The title compound was made starting with 3-benzyl- pi peri dine and following the procedure as described in Example 10, 11, and 12. This synthesis produced four pos¬ sible diastereomers and the spectral data for three active diastereomers are given in Example 18, 19, and 20. DCI-NH 3 - MS, m/z (relative intensity), 515 (MH + , 100%), 342 (18%), 289 (16%), 244 (40%), 174 (43%); l NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) δ: 7.32-7.10 (m,5H), 6.93 (d,J=9Hz,lH), 4.28 (m,lH), 3.23 (b s,2H), 2.87 (t,J=6Hz,lH), 2.75 (b d,J=10Hz,2H), 2.58 (dd,J=7,13Hz,lH), 2.44 (dd,J=7,13Hz,lH), 2.25-1.10 (m,31H), 0.95-0.83 (m,9H); Anal. (C 32 H 54 0 3 N 2 ) C,H,N.

Example 20 2-(3-Benzylpiperidin-l-yl)-hexanoic acid Amide of 2(S)-Amino-l-cyclohexyl-3fR ,4fS)-dihydroxy- 6-methyl heptane. The title compound was made starting with 3-benzyl- piperidine and following the procedure as described in Example 10, 11, and 12. This synthesis produced four pos¬ sible di stereomers and the spectral data for three active diastereomers are given in Example 18, 19, and 20. DCI-NH 3 - MS, m/z (relative intensity), 515 (MH + , 100%), 342 (6%), 244 (41%), 202 (21%), and 174 (61%);

Example 21

Methyl 2S-(2R-Benzyl-2-benz.ylox.ycarbon.yl amino-ethylamino)-hexanoate.

D-Phenylalaninol (7.89 g, 52.18 mmol) and N-(benzyloxy- carbonyloxy)-succinimide (13 g, 52.18 mmol) were combined in 150 ml of CH 2 C1 and stirred for 21 h at room temperature. After this time, the solution was washed with saturated NaHC0 3 , dried over MgS0 4 , and concentrated jji vacuo to yield 14.9 g (100%) of solid product which was used for the fol¬ lowing reaction without further purification.

S0 3 -Pyridine (8.36 g, 52.5 mmol) was dissolved into 20 ml of dry DMSO at room temperature. This solution was then added to a solution of CBZ-D-phenyl laninol (5 g, 17.5 mmol) and triethylamine (5.30 g, 52.5 mmol) in 100 ml of CH 2 C1 2 at 0°C. After stirring for 1 h, the reaction mixture was partitioned with 200 ml of AcOEt and 200 ml of brine. The organic layer was dried over MgS0 4 and concen¬ trated in vacuo to give 4.95 g of the desired aldehyde which was used for the following reaction without further purifi¬ cation.

CBZ-D-Phenylalaninal (4.95 g, 17.5 mmol) and L-norLeucine methyl ester (Hydrochloride salt, 3.18 g, 17.5 mmol) were stirred in 100 ml of dry methanol at 0 q C. Anhydrous NaOAc (2.87 g, 35 mmol) was added as a solid, and the reaction was stirred at 0°C for 2 h. After this time, NaCNBH 3 (1.09 g, 17.5 mmol) was added portionwise over one half hour, and the reaction was stirred an additional one hour. At the end, excess borohydride was quenched with dilute HCl and the aqueous layer was basified with Na 2 C0 3 . The crude product was extracted with AcOEt and purified by column chromatography. DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z (relative inten¬ sity), 413 (MH + , 100%).

Exa ple 22 Methyl 2S-(N-(2R-Benzyl-2-benzyloxycarbonyl-amino- ethyl )-H-(benzyloxycarbonyl-methyl)-amino-hexanoate. To a suspension containing the amino ester from Example 21 (2 g, 4.85 mmol) and K 2 C0 3 (1.34 g, 9.70 mmol) in 55 ml dioxane at room temperature, was added benzyl bromo¬ acetate (2.22 g, 9.69 mmol). The contents were heated under reflux for 9 h and then poured onto a slurry of H 2 0-Ac0Et. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgS0 4 and finally concentrated rn vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, Hex-AcOEt, 2:1) and which gave the desired title compound (2.24 g, 82%): l NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) δ: 7.40-7.10 (m,15H), 5.22- 5.00 (m,6H), 3.88 (m,lH), 3.62 (s,-0CH 3 ,m nor L-Phe-L-NorLeu component), 3.53 (s,-0CH 3 ,major D-Phe,L-NorLeu component), 3.55-3.25 (m,3H), 3.08-2.65 (m,2H), 2.43 (t,J=12Hz,lH), 1.70-1.10 (m,6H), and 0.81 (m,3H).

Example 23 Methyl 2S-f3R-benzyl-5-oxo)-piperazin-l-yl)-hexanoate. The benzyl ester from Example 22 (1.85 g, 3.30 mmol) was dissolved in AcOEt (100 ml) and reduced with 10% Pd/C (1 g), under H 2 (4 atmosphere) at room temperature for 2 h. At the end, the catalyst was removed by filtration and the crude product (1.08 g, 90% yield) was dried under high vacuum: DCI-NH 3 -MS; m/z (relative intensity), 337 (MH + , 8%), 319 (MH + -H 2 0, 100%). The amino acid obtained above was sub¬ jected to cyclization with DCC (663 mg, 3.21 mmol) and HOBT (1.30 g, 9.62 mmol) in CH 2 C1 2 (30 ml) at room temperature for 9 h. The solid urea was removed by filtration and the crude product was purified by column chromatography (silica

gel, 100% AcOEt) which gave 420 mg (40% after two steps, considerable amount of starting material remained unreacted) of the desired cyclic product: DCI-NH3-MS, m/z (relative intensity), 319 (MH + , 100%), and 259 (11%); l W NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) δ: 7.38-7.20 (m,3H), 7.18 (d,J=7Hz,2H) , 6.27 (b S,1H), 3.72 (s,-0CH 3 ,3H), 3.38 (s,-C0-CH 2 -N-,2H), 3.28 (t,J=7Hz,lH), 2.90-2.62 (m,5H), 1.80-1.58 (m,2H), 1.40-1.20 (m,4H), and 0.90 (t,0=7Hz,3H).

Example 24

2(S)-(3R-benzyl-5-oxo)-piperazin-l-y1)-hexanoic acid Amide of 2(S -Amino-l-cyclohexy1-3-(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-

6-methylheptane.

The cyclized ester from Example 23 (256 mg, 0.80 mmol) was dissolved in dioxane (20 ml) and reacted with LiOH (300 mg, 7.14 mmol, in 2 ml H 2 0) at room temperature over¬ night. The next day, the solution was cooled, to 0°C and neutralized with HCl-Dioxane (4.5 M solution, 1.58 ml used). Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the acid was extracted with CH 2 C1 2 (trace MeOH). Evaporation of solvent under reduced pressure and drying under high vacuum gave the corresponding crude acid (251 mg). DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z (relative intensity), 305 (MH + , 18%), 259 (8%), 225 (11%), and 138 (100%).

The acid (300 mg, 0.986 mmol) obtained in the previous reaction was dissolved in DMF (10 ml) and reacted with Amine-HCl from Example 2 (279 mg, 1 mmol), EDAC (193 mg, 1 equiv), HOBT (405 mg, 3 equiv), and Et 3 N (278 μl , 2 equiv) at 0°C for 2 h and then at room temperature overnight. At the end, the reaction mixture was poured onto EtOAc-sat. aq. NaHC0 3 . The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgS0 4 and concentrated jϋ vacuo. The crude product was

purified by column chromatography (silica gel, Hexane-AcOEt, 1:1) to give 289 mg (55% from acid) of the desired product (less polar diastereomer): DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z (relative intensity), 530 (MH + , 100%), and 442 (6%); l NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) δ: 7.40-7.10 (m,5H), 5.96 (b S,1H), 4.33 (m,lH), 3.73 ( .lH), 3.45 (d,J=16Hz,lH), 3.30-3.15 (m,2H), 2.97 (d,J=16Hz,lH), 2.84 (dd,J=5,14Hz,lH) , 2.60 (dd,J=9,13Hz,lH), 2.45 (t,J=10Hz,lH), 2.05 (m,lH), 1.90 (m,lH), 1.80-1.10 (m,25H), and 1.00-0.70 (m,9H).

Example 25 CBZ-D-Phe-Gly-OMe. To a solution containing CBZ-D-Phe (15 g, 50 mmol) and N-methylmorphol ne (5.5 ml, 50 mmol) in CH 2 C1 2 (200 ml) at 0°C, was added isobutylchloroformate (6.8 ml, 1 equiv). The reaction was stirred at 0°C for 8 min followed by the addi¬ tion of N-methylmorpholine (5.5 ml, 50 mmol) and the hydro¬ chloride salt of glycine methyl ester (6.30 g, 1 equiv). The reaction was stirred at 0°C for 1 h and then at room temperature for 4 h. The crude mixture was added to a slurry of H 0-AcOEt. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgS0 4 and finally the dipeptide was crystallized from Hex-AcOEt to give 17.5 g of white solid (m.p. 114-U5°C): R f = 0.55 (Hex-AcOEt, 1:1); DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z (relative intensity), 388 (MNH 4 + , 41%), 371 (MH + , 100%); l NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) δ: 7.40-7.15 (m,10H), 5.10 (s,2H), 4.45 (m,lH), 3.98 (dd,J=4,16Hz,lH), 3.74 (s,3H), 3.10 (d,J=7Hz,2H).

Example 26 2-(R)-Benzyl-3,6-diketo-piperazine.

CBZ-D-Phe-Gly-OMe (9.5 g, 26 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (150 ml) and subjected to hydrogenolysis in the presence of 10% Pd/C (1 g) and H 2 -atmosphere (balloon filled with H 2 ) for 4 h at room temperature. At-the end, the catalyst was removed by filtration through a celite bed and the removal of MeOH under reduced pressure gave 6 g of D-Phe-Gly-OMe (=100%, crude yield).

The crude product D-Phe-Gly-OMe (6 g, 25 mmol) was powdered and then dispersed in 100 ml toluene and heated at reflux overnight. The reaction flask was cooled to 0°C and the solid product (3.50 g, 69%) was collected by filtra¬ tion: m.p. 256-257°C; DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z (relative intensity), 222 (MNH 4 + , 100%), ' 205 (MH + , 31%);

Example 27 2-(R)-Benzyl-piperazine. 2-Benzyl 3,6-diketopiperazine (3 g, 17 mmol) from Example 26 was suspended in THF (200 ml) and heated at reflux with LAH (2 g, 53 mmol) for 15 h. At the end, the solution was cooled to 0°C and the excess LAH was destroyed with aqueous NaOH (10%, 20 ml used). The free amine was extracted with AcOEt which on drying over MgS0 4 and evapora¬ tion under reduced pressure gave 2.30 g (77% yield) of 2-R- benzyl piperazine: DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z (relative intensity, 177 (MH + , 100%).

Example 28 Ethyl 2-fR,S)-(3-R-Benzyl-piperazin-l-yl)-hexanoate. A suspension of 2R-benzyl-piperazine (2.30 g, 13 mmol), ethyl 2-bromohexanoate (6.22 ml, 34 mmol) and anhydrous

powdered K 2 C0 3 (7 g, 50 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (100 ml) was heated at reflux for 13 h. At the end, the solid residue was removed by filtration and the crude product was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, Hexane-AcOEt, 1:1) to give ethyl 2-(3R-benzylpiperazyl)-hexanoate (2.5 g, 60% yield): MH + , 319 (MH + , 100%).

Example 29

Ethyl 2-(R,S)-f3-R-Benzyl-4-N-tert-buty1oxycarbonyl- pιperazin-1-yl)-hexanoate.

Ethyl 2-(3R-benzyl-piperizino)-hexanoate (2.5 g, 7.86 mmol) was dissolved in CH 2 C1 2 (20 ml) and reacted with ( t Boc) 2 0 (1.70 g, 7.86 mmol) at 0°C for 2 h and at room temperature overnight. The following day, solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude product was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, Hexane-AcOEt, 2:1) to give 3.10 g (95% yield) of ethyl 2-(3R-benzyl-4- tert-butoxycarbonyl)-hexanoate: DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z (relative intensity), 419 (MH ÷ , 100%); l i NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz, dl- mixture at the n-butyl site) δ: 7.40-7.10 (m,5H), 4.30-4.10 (m,4H), 3.20-2.20 (m,8H), 1.80-1.20 (m,6H), 1.40,1.35 (two singlets of t8u, two diastereomers, total 9H), 1.25 (two overlapping triplets, total 3H, -0-CH 2 -CH 3 ), and 0.93 (two overlapping triplets, total 3H).

Example 30

2-(R,S -(3R-Benzy1-4-N-tert-butyloxycarbonyl- piperazin-l-yl)-hexanoic acid Amide of 2(S)-Amino-1- cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane. The ethyl ester (1.10 g, 2.63 mmol) from Example 29 was dissolved in ethanol (30 ml) and aqueous LiOH (1 N solution, 4 ml used). The clear solution was heated at reflux for

3 h. At the end, solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the sodium salt (1 g, 97% yield) thus obtained was directly used for the coupling reaction as described below.

The sodium salt (800 mg, 2.05 mmol), HOBT (830 mg, 6.15 mmol), the hydrochloride salt of the amine .from Example 2 and EDAC (394 mg, 2.05-mmol) were dissolved in DMF (25 ml) and cooled to 0°C. To this solution was then added N-methylmorpholine (450 μl, 4 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The following day, the contents were poured onto a slurry of saturated NaHC0 and AcOEt. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgS0 4 and concentrated vn vacuo. The crude product was carefully purified by column chromatography (silica gel, 10% AcOEt in Hexane) which gave two desired diastereomers (total yield 950 mg, 77%).

(30A) Less Polar Diastereomer: m.p. 148-149°C; DCI-NH 3 - MS, m/z (relative intensity), 616 (MH + , 100%), and 345 (23%); l NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) δ: 7.35-7.15 (m,5H), 6.55 (d,J=8Hz,lH), 4.55 (b S,1H), 4.40-4.25 (m,2H), 3.95 (b S,1H), 3.25 (m,2H), 3.15 (t d,J=3,12,12Hz,lH) , 2.98 (b s,2H), 2.85-2.70 (m,3H), 2.35-2.20 (m,2H), 1.93 (m,lH), 1.80-1.55 (m,8H), 1.45-1.10 (m,14H), 1.35 (s,tBu,9H), and 1.00-0.80 (m.methyl isopropyl,9H); Anal. (C36 H 6iN 3 0 5 ) C,H,N.

(30B) More Polar Diastereomer: m.p. 187-188°C; DCI-NH 3 - MS, m/z (relative intensity), 616 (MH + , 100%), 390 (1.0%), 345 (41%), and 275 (43%); Anal. ( 3fi H 61 3 0 5 ) C,H,N.

Example 31 2-(4-(N-benzyl)-piperazin-l-yl)-acetic acid Amide of S(S)-Amino-l-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy- 6-methylheptane. The title compound was made using the procedure of Example 10, 11, and 12 and the α-bromohexanoate was replaced with benzyl bromoacetate. DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z 460 (MH + , 100%); Anal. (C 27 H 45 N 3 0 3 ) C,H,N; m.p. 169-171°C.

Example 32 2-(4-Benzyl-piperazin-l-yl)-hexanoic acid Amide of 2ιS -Amino-l-cyclohexy1-3(R),4fS -dihydroxy- 6-methylheptane. The desired final product was made using the same proce¬ dure as described in Example 10, 11, and 12.

(32A) Less Polar Diastereomer: DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z 516 (MH + , 100%) and 245 (48%); Anal. (C 31 H 53 3 0 3 -H 2 0) C,H,N.; m.p. 146-147°C.

(323) More Polar Diastereomer: MS, m/z 516 (MH + , 100%), m.p. 150-151 β C.

Example 33

2-(3R-Benzy1-piperazin-l-y1)-hexanoic acid Amide of

2(S)-Amino-l-cyclohexyl-3(R ,4(S)-dihydroxy-

6-methylheptane.

Made using the procedure as described in Example 28, 29, and 30.

(33A) Less Polar Diastereomer: DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z (relative intensity), 516 (MH + , 100%), 428 (10%), 290 (15%), 245 (58%); l NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) δ: 7.32-7.20 (m,5H), 6.96 (d,J=9Hz,lH), 4.43 (b S,1H), 4.32 (t d,J=llHz,lH) , 3.23 (m,2H), 2.93 (m,3H), 2.78 (t d,J=HHz,4H), 2.60

(dd,J=HHz,lH), 2.48 (b s,lH), 2.18 (b S,1H), 2.08, (t,J=HHz,lH), 1.92 (b S,1H), 1.70 (m,8H), 1.40-1.15 (m,14H), 0.89 (t,J=7Hz,3H); Anal. C 31 H 53 N 3 0 3 ) C,H,N; m.p. 130-132°C.

(33B) More Polar Diastereomer: MS, m/z 516 (MH + , 100%); m.p. 150-151 β C.

Example 34 2-(3S-Benzyl-4-N-tert-buty1oxycarbonyl-piperazin-l-yl)- hexanoic acid Amide of 2(S)-Amino-l-cyc1ohexyl-3(R) ,4(S)- dihydroxy-6-methylheptane. The title compound was synthesized following the proce¬ dure described in Example 28, 29, 30.

(34A) Less Polar Diastereomer: DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z relative intensity), 616 (MH + , 100%), 345 (40%); l H NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz), 7.38-7.12 (m,7H), 6.85 (d,J=10.5Hz,lH) , 4.43-4.27 (m,3H), 3.9 (b S,1H), 3.27-3.12 (m,3H), 2.97 (t,J=6.0Hz,lH), 2.81 (m,2H), 2.72 (d,J=12Hz,lH), 2.25 (m,2H), 1.96-1.6 (m,10H), 1.57-1.4 (m,4H), 1.36 (s,9H), 1.35-1.12 (m,8H), 0.86 (t,J=7Hz,3H); Anal. (C 36 H 61 N 3 0 5 ) C,H,N; m.p. 158-160°C. (34B) More Polar Diastereomer: MS, m/z 616 (MH + , 100%); m.p. 130-132°C.

Example 35 2-(3R-Benzyl-4-N-dimethylaminocarbonyl-piperazin-1-yl)- hexanoic acid Amide of 2(S)-Amino-l-cyclohexy1- 3(R) ,4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane. The title compound was synthesized following the proce¬ dure described in Example 28, 29, and 30.

(35A) Less Polar Diastereomer: FAB-MS, m/z (relative intensity), 587 (MH + , 40%), 316 (100%), 286 (20%), 271 (18%), 244 (50%), 224 (20%); Anal. (C 34 H 58 N 4 0 4 -Js H 2 0) C,H,N; m.p. 150-151°C.

(35B) More Polar Diastereomer: MS, m/z 587 (MH + ); m.p. 85-86 β C.

Example 36

3-(4-Thiazolyl,-2-(R,S)-(3R-benzyl-4-N-benzyl- piperazin-l-yl)-propionic acid Amide of 2(S)-Amino-l- cyc1ohexy1-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheotane. Methyl 2-(3R-Benzyl-4N-benzyl-piperazyl)-acetate was deprotonated with NaN(TMS) 2 in THF at 0°C. The carbanion was then reacted with 3-chloromethyl thiazole and which on aqueous work-up and purification gave methyl 3-(3- thiazolyl)-2-(3R-benzyl-4N-benzyl-piperazyl)-propionate. The methyl ester was hydrolyzed with LiOH and. then coupled to the amine following the procedure in Example 32. FAB-MS, m/z 647 (MH + , 100%); Anal. (C 38 H 54 4 0 3 S-2 H 2 0) C,H,N; m.p. 63-65°C.

Example 37

2-(3R-Benzy1-4-N-(4-N'-methyl iperazin-1-yl-carbonyl)- piperazin-1-yp-hexanoic acid Amide of 2(S)-Amino-l- cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane. The title compound was made following the procedure described in Example 28, 29, and 30.

Mixture of Diastereomers: FAB-MS, m/z 642 (MH + , 100%), 371 (68%) and 271 (40%); Anal. (C 37 H 63 N 5 0 4 .1.5 H 2 0) C,H,N; m.p. 155-157°C.

Example 38

2-(3R-Benzy1-4-N-(morphoiin-l-yl-carbonyl)-piperazin)-1-y l- hexanoic acid Amide of 2(S)-Amino-l-cyclohexyl-

3(R), (S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane.

The title compound was made following the procedure described in Example 28, 29, and 30.

(38A) Less Polar Diastereomer: FAB-MS, m/z (relative intensity), 629 (MH + , 60%), and 358 (100%); l NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) δ: 7.30-7.14 (m,5H), 6.69 (d,J=9Hz,lH), 4.48 (b S,1H), 4.37 (t of d,J=HHz,lH), 4.15 (b S,1H), 3.54-3.32 (m,6H), 3.24 (b s,2H), 3.17-2.74 (m,10H), 2.58 (dd,J=12Hz,lH), 2.31 (t d,J=12Hz,lH) , 2.12 (b S,1H), 1.94 (m,lH), 1.67 (m,9H), 1.40-1.15 (m,HH), 0.91 (t,J=7Hz,3H); Anal. (C 36 H 60 N 4 0 5 . H 2 0) C,H,N; m.p. 173-174°C.

(38B) More Polar Diastereomer: FAB-MS, m/z (relative intensity), 629 (MH + , 88%), and 358 (100%); *H NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) δ: 7.31-7.16 (m,5H), 6.54 (d,J=9Hz,lH) , 4.57 (b s,lH), 4.37 (m,lH), 4.22 (b S,1H), 3.57-3.30 (m,6H), 3.25 (b s,2H), 3.14-2.74 (m,10H), 2.45 (dd,J=llHz,lH) , 2.32 (t d,J=llHz,lH), 1.94 (b S,1H), 1.80-1.60 (m,10H), 1.44-1.14 (m,llH), 0.92 (m,6H), 0.88 (t,J=7Hz,3H); Anal. C 36 H 60 N 4 0 5 -H 2 0) C,H,N; m.p. 104-105°C.

Example 39 N-tert-Butyloxycarbonyl-N-al yl-D-Phe-OMe. . D-Phe-OMe (20.75 g, 116 mmol) was dissolved in CH 2 C1 2 (200 ml) and reacted with ^oc-anhydride (25.31 g, 116 mmol) at 0°C for 16 h. At the end, solvent and ^BuOH was removed under high vacuum which gave 29.5 g (91% yield) of the desired ^oc-Phe-OMe; R f = 0.45 (Hexane-AcOEt, 2:1); l H NMR (CDC1 3 , 60 MHz) δ: 7.13 (m,5H), 4.93 (m,lH), 4.50 (m,lH), 3.65 (s,-0CH 3 ,3H), 3.05 (d,0=6Hz,2H) , and 1.43 (s^Bu.θH).

Boc-Phe-OMe (20 g, 72 mmol) from the previous reaction was dissolved in THF (90 ml) and cooled to -78°C. To this was added sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)-amide (1 M in THF, 78 ml) over 5 min period. The yellow solution was stirred at -78°C for 1 h and then reacted with ally! bromide (12 ml, 138 mmol) at -78 β C for 2 h and then at room temperature overnight. The reaction was diluted with ether-hexane (1:1) and 2 N HCl (pH = 3). The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgS0 4 and concentrated rn vacuo to give 21.56 g crude product which on chromatographic purification (silica gel, Hexane-AcOEt, 4:1) gave 1.80 g starting material and 18.20.g (80% yield) of the desired N-allylated product; R f = 0.40 (Hex-AcOEt, 2:1, R = 0.31 for starting material); DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z (relative intensity), 320 (MH + , 100%), 281 (23%), and 264 (20%).

Example 40 N-tert-Butyloxycarbonyl-N-formylmethyl-D-Phe-OMe. Ozone was passed into a solution containing the ally! ester from Example 39 (4 g, 12.5 mmol) in 180 ml CH 2 C1 2 at -78°C until the color turned light blue. Excess 0 3 was blown out with 0 and the ozonide was cleaved by adding Me S (6 ml). The reaction mixture was kept stirring at room temperature overnight. At the end, solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude product was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, Hex-AcOEt, 3:1) which on drying gave 3.50 g (86% yield) of the desired aldehyde; R f = 0.40 (Hex-AcOEt, 1:1, Rf = 0.64 for the starting material); NMR shows two sets of signals which we believe could be due to the presence of rotamers. For convenience, we will

assign the letter 'L' for the major component and 'M' for the minor component. These two components were inseparable by tic:

X H NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) δ: 9.39 (t,M,J=lHz,-CHO), 9.29 (t,L,J=lHz,-CHO), 7.33-7.10 (m,5H), 5.15 (dd,L,J=6,10Hz, NH-CH-C00CH 3 ), 4.68 (dd,M,J=4.5,10Hz,NH-CH-C00CH 3 ), 3.77 (s,M,-0CH 3 ), 3.75 (s,L,-0CH 3 ), 3.33 (m,2H), 2.97 (m,2H), 1.36 (s.M.-O^u) and 1.34 (s.L.-O^u).

Example 41 Dimethyl (2R-Benzy1-7S-butyl-3-tert-butyloxycarbonyl-

3,6-diaza)-suberate. Sodium cyanoborohydride (685 mg, 10.9 mmol) was slowly added to a solution containing the aldehyde from Example 40 (3.50 g, 10.9 mmol) and nor-Leu-OMe (1.58 g, 10.9 mmol) in isopropanol (50 ml) at 0°C. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. At the end, excess borohydride was quenched with dil HCl at 0°C (pH adjusted to 3-4) and then basified with K 2 C0 3 . The crude product was extracted with AcOEt and purified by column chromatography (silica gel, Hex-AcOEt, 3:1, during this process, part of the open form starts cyclizing and produces the lactam) which on further drying under reduced pressure gave 4.05 g (82% yield) of the desired product; DCI-NH -MS, m/z (relative intensity), 451 (MH + , 100%) and 158 (25%); 1 H NMR (CDC . l 3 , 300 MHz) δ: 7.30-7.10 (m,5H), 5.12 (dd,J=5,10Hz,lH) , 4.72 (m,lH), 3.75 (b s,2H), 3.70 (s,-0CH 3 ,3H) , 3.68 (s,-0CH 3 ,3H), 3.35-3.10 (m,2H), 2.80 (m,2H), 2.48 (m,2H) , 1.90 (m,lH), 1.45 1.60-1.20 (m,lH), and 0.88 (t,J=7,7Hz,3H).

Example 42 Methyl 2-(3R-Benzy1-4N-tert-butyloxycarbonyl- 2-keto-piperazin-l-y1)-hexanoate. The amine ester (4 gm, 8.88 mmol) from Example 41 was dissolved in xylene (50 ml) and heated at reflux for 2 h. At the end, solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude product was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, Hex-AcOEt, 9:1) to give 3.60 g (97% yield) of the desired lactam; DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z (relative intensity), 436 (MNH 4 + , 30%) and 419 (MH + , 100%); X H NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) δ: 7.30-7.10 (m,5H), 5.15 (dd,_]=5,10Hz,lH), 4.75 (m,lH), 4.08 (b d,J=12Hz,lH), 3.70 (s,-0CH 3 ,3H), 3.40-3.05 (m,3H), 2.88 (t,J=12Hz,lH), 1.99 (m,lH), 1.70 (m,lH), 1.30 (s^Bu^H), 1.50-1.20 (m,5H), and 0.90 (t,J=7Hz,3H); High Res. Mass: Calculated 419.2546 for C 23 H 35 N 2 0 5 , found 419.2546; Anal. (C 23 H 34 2 0 5 ) C,H,N.

Example 43 2-(3R-Benzyl-4N-tert-butyloxycarbonyl-2-keto- piperazin-l-yl -hexanoic acid. The ester from Example 42 (0.65 g, 1.56 mmol) was dis¬ solved in MeOH (10 ml) and hydrolyzed with LiOH (2 ml of 1 N solution ip H 2 Q) at room temperature overnight. The reac¬ tion was acidified with HCl-Dioxane (4.5 M in HCl, 0.45 ml used) and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude acid thus detained was used for the next reaction without further purification. DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z (relative intenstiy), 422 (MNH 4 + , 18%), 405 (MH + , 100%), 361 (21%), 349 (40%), 305 (18%), and 230 (20%).

Example 44 2(S)-(3R-Benzyl-4N-tert-buty1oxycarbonyl-2-keto- piperazin-l-yl)-hexanoic acid Amide of 2(S)-Amino- l-cyclohexy1-3(R) , (S)-dihydroxy-6-methy1heptane. The crude acid (300 mg, 0.74 mmol) from Example 43 was dissolved in DMF (6 ml) and coupled to the amine from Example 2 (207 mg, 0.74 mmol) in the presence of EDAC (142 mg, 0.74 mmol), HOBT (300 mg, 2.22 mmol), and N-methyl¬ morpholine (0.081 ml, 0.74 mmol) at -20°C for 2 h and then at room temperature overnight. The following day, the reaction mixture was poured onto a slurry of aqueous NaHC0 3 and AcOEt. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgS0 4 and finally concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the crude product by column chromatography (silica gel, Hex-AcOEt, 4:1) gave 354 mg of the desired product (76% yield); FAB-MS, 630 (MH + ); X H NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) δ: 7.30- 7.10 (m,5H), 6.58 (b S,1H), 4.99 (t,J=7Hz,lH), 4.75 (b S,1H), 4.40-4.15 (m,2H), 3.80-3.60 (m,2H), 3.40-2.80 (m,5H), 2.05-1.05 (overlapping multiplets,22H), 1.20 (s^Bu^H), 0.97 (t,J=7Hz,3H), 0.88 (d,J=7Hz,6H); Anal. (C 36 H 5g n 3 0 6 ) C,H,N; m.p. 87-88°C.

Example 45 3R-(4-Imidazo1yl)-2(R)-(3R-benzyl-4-N-tert- butyloxycarbonyl-2-keto-piperazin-l-yl)-propionic acid Amide of 2(S)-Amino-l-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)- dihydroxy-6-methylheptane. The title compound was made following the procedure described in Example 39-44. The nor-Leu-OMe was replaced with His-OME.

R f = 0.74 (CH 2 Cl 2 -EtOH, 9:1, NH 3 -tank) ; DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z (relative intensity), 654 (MH + , 100%), 636 (10%), and 554

(6%); NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) δ: 7.53 (d,J=lHz,lH), 7.30- 7.10 (m,6H), 6.88 (s,lH), 6.71 (d,J=9Hz,lH), 5.39 (m,lH), 4.72 (m,lH), 4.359m,1H) , 4.17 (m,lH), 3.50-2.70 (m,8H), 1.90-1.50 (m,8H), 1.50-1.10 (m,HH), 1.20 (s^Bu^H), 0.93 (d,J=7Hz,3H), ' and 0.81 (d,J=7Hz,3H); Anal. (C 3 5H 55 0 6 5 ). C,H,N.

Example 46

3S-(4-Imidazo1yl)-2(S)-(3R-benzyl-4-N-tert- butyloxycarbonyl-2-keto-piperazin-l-yl)-hexanoic acid

Amide of 2(S)-Amino-a-cyclohexy1-3(R),4(S)- dihydroxy-6-methylheptane.

This is the less polar diastereomer of the compound as described in Example 45.

R f = 0.80 (CH 2 Cl 2 -EtOH, 9:1, NH 3 -tank); DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z (relative intensity) 654 (MH + , 100%), 636 (45%), 596 (16%), 554 (14%), and 411 (8%).

Example 47 2(S)-(3R-Benzyl-4-N-(4-( '-methyl)-piperazin-l-yl- carbonyl)-2-keto-pi,perazin-l-yl)-hexanoic acid Amide of 2(S)-Amino-l-cyc1ohexy1-3(R),4(S -dihydroxy-6- methylheptane. The title compound was made following the procedure as described in Example 39-44. The N-methylpiperazyl group was attached using dry phosgene gas.

DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z (relative intensity), 656 (MH + , 100%), 638 (15%), 413 (63%), 342 (15%), and 317 (24%); Anal. (C 33 H 61 N 5 0 5 -H 2 0) C,H,N; m.p. 132-134°C.

Exa ple 48 2(S -(3R-Benzyl-4-N-fN-methyl-N-(methoxymethoxyethyl)- aminocarbonyl)-2-keto-piperazin-l-y1 -hexanoic acid Amide of 2(S)-Amino-l-cyclohexyl-3(R) . 4(S -dihydroxy- 6-methylheptane. This compound was made using the procedure described in Example 39-44. N-methylethanolamine was first protected as MOM ether and then coupled to the ring nitrogen using phosgene gas.

DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z (relative intensity), 675 (MH + , 98%), 657 (20%), 432 (100%), 336 (80%), 314 (45%), and 304 (20%); Anal. (C 37 H 62 N 4 0 7 ) C,H,N; m.p. 68-69°C.

Example 49 3-(4-Thiazolyl)-2-(3R-benzyl-4-N-.norpholin-1-yl-carbonyl- 2-keto-piperazin-l-yl)-propionic acid Amide -of 2(S)-Amino- l-cyclohexyl-3(R) ,4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane. This compound was made folloiwng the procedure described in Example 39.-44. A racemic mixture of thiazole alanine was used as the starting material. The morpholine group was attached using phosgene reaction.

(52A) Less Polar Diastereomer: DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z (relative intensity), 684 (MH + , 100%), 666 (75%), 473 (32%), 461 (28%), 441 (50%), and 304 (24%); Anal. (C 36 H 53 N 5 0 6 S- H 2 0) C,H,N; m.p. 80-81°C.

(52B) More Polar Diastereomer: MH + at 684; m.p. 179- 180°C.

Exam.pl e 50

2fS -(3R-Benzyl-4-N-morpholιn-l-yl-carbony1-2-keto- piperazin-l-yl^-hexanoic acid Amide of 2(S)-Amino- l-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methylheptane.

The title compound was synthesized following the proce¬ dure described in Example 39-44. The morpholine was attached using phosgene as the carbonyl anchor.

FAB-MS, m/z (relative intensity), 643 (MH + , 30%), 627 (38%), 400 (100%), 344 (35%), and 257 (30%); Anal. (C 36 H 58 N 4 0 5 - H 2 0), C,H,N; m.p. 139-140°C.

Example 51 3-(4-Imidazo1yl)-2(S)-(3R-benzyl-4-N- morpholin-l-yl-carbonyl-2-keto-piperazin-l-yl)-propionic Acid Amide of 2(S)-Amιno-l-cyclohexy1-3(R),4(S)- dihydroxy-6-methylheptane. The desired compound was made following the procedure described in Example 39-44. The morpholine group was attached using phosgene method. In this case His-OMe was used as one of the starting materials.

DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z (relative intensity), 667 (MH + , 86%), 649 (100%), and 304 (50%); Anal. (C 36 H 54 Ng0 6 -2 H 2 0) C,H,N; m.p. 176-177°C.

Example 52 Benzyl 2-Benzyl-5-hydroxy-pentanoate. δ-Valerol ctone (7.14 g, 71.35 mmol) was slowly added to a flask containing freshly made LDA (80 mmol) in 200 ml of dry THF at -78°-C under 2 . After stirring the solution for 40 min at -78°C, benzyl bromide (12.20 g, 71 mmol) was added. The bath was removed and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 40 min. At the end, the crude mixture

was poured to a slurry of AcOEt-Hexane and 0.5 H H 2 S0 4 . The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgS0 4 and concentrated ii vacuo. The crude product was then dissolved in 60 ml of MeOH and 10 ml of concentrated H 2 S0 4 . After stirring the solution at room temperature overnight, the acid was neutralized with aqueous NaHC0 3 . The crude product was extracted with AcOEt-Hexane and purified by column chromatography (silica gel, AcOEt-Hexane, 1:3) which gave

6.2 g (40% yield) of methyl 2-benzyl-5-hydroxy-pentanoate; 1H NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) δ: .7.30-7.10 (m,5H), 3.58 (s,3H,-

0CH 3 , 3.56 (t,J=6Hz,2H), 2.95 (dd,J=7,12Hz,lH), 2.75 (dd,J=6,12Hz,lH), 2.69 (m,lH), 2.15 (s,lH,-0H), and 1.70- 1.50 (m,4H).

The methyl ester (4 g, 18 mmol) from the above reaction was dissolved in 10 ml of benzyl alcohol and 50 ml of Benzene. After adding TsOH-H 2 0 (0.5 g, 2.63 mmol), the contents were heated under . reflux for 2 h. Qnce the required amount of H 2 0 had been collected, the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, Hexane-AcOEt, 3:1) which gave 3.8 g (71%) of the title compound: 7.40- 7.10 (m,10H), 5.03 (s,2H), 3.57 (t,0=6Hz,2H), 3.00-2.60 (m,=4H), and 1.80-1.40 (m,4H).

Example 53 Benzyl 2-Benzyl-5-oxo-pentanoate. A solution of oxalyl chloride (0.9 ml, 10 mmol in 25 ml of CH 2 C1 2 ) was slowly added to a flask containing DMSO (1.5 ml, 21 mmol) in 3 ml CH 2 C1 2 at -60 β C under N 2 . After 5 min, the alcohol from Example 52 (3 g, 10 mmol, 5 ml CH 2 C1 2 ) was added dropwise over 5 min period. After stir¬ ring the contents for 30 min, Et 3 N (6.3 ml, 45 mmol) was

added and the mixture was warmed to room temperature. The suspension was stirred for 1 h and then poured to a slurry of CH 2 Cl 2 -H 2 0-ice. The organic layer was washed with dilute HCl, brine, dried over MgS0 4 , and finally concentrated TJl vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatog¬ raphy (silica gel, Hexane-AcOEt,-4:1) which gave 2.85 g (95%) of the title compound: l H NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) δ: 9.70 (t,J=lHz,lH,-CHO), 7.40-7.10 (m,10H), 5.05 (s,2H), 3.95 (t,J=6Hz,lH), 2.75 (m,2H), 2.41 (m,2H), and 1.90 (m,2H); DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z 314 (MNH 4 + , 100%), and 297 (MH + , 20%).

Example 54 Methyl 2-(4-Benzyl-4-carbobenzyloxy-butyl- a ino)-hexanoate. To a flask containing the aldehyde from Example 53 (0.9 g, 3 mmol) and methyl ester of L-nor-leucine (440 mg, 3 mmol) in isopropanol (3 ml) at 0°C under N 2 , was added NaCNBH 3 (190 mg, 3 mmol). The suspension was stirred at 0°C for 2 h and then at room temperature for 12 h. The follow¬ ing day, the flask was cooled to 0°C and the excess NaCNBH 3 was destroyed with aqueous dilute HCl. After basification of the aqueous layer with Na C0 , the crude product was extracted with AcOEt, and purified by column chromatography which gave 1.20 g (94%) of the title compound.

Example 55

Methyl 2-(3-Benzyl-2-oxo-piperidin-l-yl)-hexanoate.

The benzyl ester from Example 54 was dissolved in 10 ml of MeOH and hydrogenolyzed (H in balloon in the presence of 10% Pd/C, 0.3 g) at room temperature for 3 h. At the end, the catalyst was removed by filtration and the crude product, after removal of MeOH under reduced pressure, was

added to a flask containing HOBT (967 mg, 7.16 mmol), Et 3 N (0.33 ml, 2.4 mmol) in 10 ml of DMF at 0°C. After 5 min, EDAC (458 mg, 2.38 mmol) was added and the reaction was slowly brought to room temperature. At the end of 13 h at room temperature, the contents was poured onto a slurry of aqueous NaHC0 3 and AcOEt. The product was extracted and purified by Column chromatography (silica gel, Hexane-AcOEt, 4:1) which gave a mixture of two diastereomers (340 mg, 45%, 1:1 ratio, dl mixture at the benzyl centre): DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z 318 (MH + , 100%).

Example 56 2(RS)-(3-Benzy1-2-oxo-l-piperidin-l-yl)-hexanoic acid Amide of 2(S)-Amino-l-cyclohexyl-3(R),4ι.S)-dihydroxy- 6-methylheptane.

The methyl ester (305 mg, 0.73 mmol) from Example 55 was dissolved in MeOH-Dioxane (3 ml + 3 ml) and hydrolyzed with LiOH (100 mg, 3 ml of H 0) at room temperature for 3 h. At the end, the flask was cooled to 0°C and the pH was adjusted to 2 with dilute HCl. The free acid after extraction with AcOEt, was dried under high vacuum for 2 h.

The crude acid (305 mg, 1 mmol) was then dissolved in DMF (4 ml) and coupled to amine-HCl (from Example 2, 280 mg) in the presence of HOBT (405 mg, 3 mmol), EDAC (192 mg, 1 mmol), and Et N (0.139 ml, 1 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 0°C for 3 h and then at room temperature over¬ night. The following day, the contents were diluted with aqueous NaHC0 3 , and AcOEt. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgS0 4 , and concentrated i_n vacuo.

The crude product (containing two diastereomers) was care¬ fully purified by column chromatography (silica gel, Hexane- AcOEt, 4:1) which gave 392 mg (74% total yield) of the title compound.

(56A) Less Polar Diastereomer DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z 529 (MH + , 100%), and 286 (41%);

(56B More Polar Diastereomer DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/z 529 (MH " \ 100%).

Example 57 (4S)-3-Benzy1oxycarbonyl-4-pheny1methy1- 5-oxooxazolidine. Following the procedure of Ben-Ishai (J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1957, 79_, 5736), N-Cbz-L-phenylalanine (10.0 gm, 33.4 mmol), paraformaldehyde (3.0 gm, 100.2 mmol), and p-toluenesulfonic acid (0.64 gm, 3.3 mmol) were suspended in toluene (150 ml). The reaction was brought to reflux and water removed azεotropically through the agency of a Dean-Stark trap until collection of water ceased (0.5-2.0 h). After cooling, the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl ether, washed (IX, saturated aqueous NaHC0 3 ; IX, brine), dried (Na 2 S0 4 ), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to provide a solid after cooling. Recrystallization from ethyl acetate/ hexanes provided, after the collection of two crops, the pure title compound (9.26 gm, 89%). m.p. = 85.5-86.5°C; MS (Cl) (M+NH 4 ) + = 329, (M+H) + = 312; Anal. Calcd. for C 18 H 17 N0 4 : C, 69.44; H, 5.50; N, 4.50. Found: C, 69.33; H, 5.48; N, 4.40.

Exa ple 58 (4S,4R)-3-Benzyloxycarbony1-4-phenylmethy1-4- (1-(2-propenyl))-5-oxooxazolidine. A 250 ml round bottom flask was charged with the resultant compound from Example 57 (5.32 g, 17.1 mmol), THF (40 ml), and a magnetic stir bar. The flask was fit with a septum, a gas outlet, and cooled to -78°C while flushing with N 2 . To the flask was added via syringe potassium hexamethyldisilylamide (36.6 ml, 18.8 mmol, 0.5 M solution in toluene); the resulting solution was stirred 0.5 h at -78°C. The allyl bromide (2.22 ml, 25.6 mmol) was passed through a neutral alumina pad just prior to addition as a single neat portion to the enolate solution. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NH 4 C1 after being judged complete (1-2 h). The quenched mixture was partitioned between brine and ethyl ether. The organic layer was washed (IX, brine), dried (Na 2 S0 4 ), and concentrated ijπ vacuo to provide a free-flowing light brown liquid. Purification by plug filtration through a pad of silica gel (100 g; 20% ethyl acetate/hexanes; 20 ml fractions) provided the pure title compound (4.56 g, 76%) as a colorless thick oil. MS (EI) M + = 351 (weak), (M-CH 2 CHCH 2 ) + = 310; Anal. Calcd. for C 21 H 21 N0 4 -0.25 H 2 0: C, 70.92; H, 6.09; N, 3.94. Found: C, 70.69; H, 6.07; N, 3.94.

Example 59 (2R,2S)-Methyl-2-((benzyloxycarbonyl)amino)- 2-(p eny1methyl)-pent-4-eneoate. A 100 ml round bottom flask was charged with a magnetic stir bar, the resultant compound from Example 58 (4.28 g, 12.2 mmol), 95% ethanol (50 ml), water (10 ml), and sodium hydroxide (0.97 g, 24.4 mmol). The reaction was refluxed

under N 2 for 1 h, cooled, concentrated i_n vacuo, and the resulting slurry poured into excess 10% aqueous HCl. The aqueous solution was extracted with ethyl ether (2X) . The combined organic layers were washed (2X, brine), dried (Na 2 S0 4 ), filtered, and concentrated vn vacuo to -100 ml. The ethereal solution was cooled to 0°C and treated with excess diazomethan . e and slowly warmed to rt over 1 h. Glacial acetic acid was added dropwise until the excess diazomethane was consumed. The resulting solution was concentrated vn vacuo and chased with toluene (2X, 150 ml) to provide a light brown liquid. Filtration through a short silica gel column (100 gm; 20% ethyl acetate/hexane; 100 ml fractions) provided the pure title compound (3.91 g, 91%).

Example 60 (2R,2S)-Methyl-2-((benzyloxycarbonyl)amino)- 2-(methylcarboxaldehyde)-3-phenyl-prooanoate. A 250 ml round bottom flask was charged with the resultant compound from Example 59 (0.619 g, 1.75 mmol), dichloromethane (20 ml), and a magnetic stir bar. The reaction solution was cooled to -78°C and ozone bubbled into the solution until a light blue color persisted. The excess ozone was.purged from the reaction with N 2 until the blue color was removed. Excess methyl sulfide (390 cL, 5.25 mmol) was added to the -78°C solution, the cooling bath removed, and the reaction warmed to -0°C. Concentration vn vacuo and drying under high vacuum to a constant weight provided the title compound (0.69 g, 110%). The unpurified aldehyde was used without further purification and could be stored in the freezer (T a 10°C) for up to 2 months. MS (EI) (M+H) + = 356 (weak).

Example 61 (2S)-Methyl-((3R,3S)-((benzyloxycarbonyl)amino)- 3-phenylmethyl-2-oxo-l-pyrrolidinyl)-3- (4-imidazo1yl)propionate. An adaptation of the procedure of Borch (0. Am. Chem. Soc, 1971, 93, 2897) was followed for the reductive amina¬ tion step, A flask was charged with the aldehyde resulting from Example 63 (217 mg, 0,611 mmol), the bis hydrochloride salt of methyl L-histidine (148 mg, 0.611 mmol), anhydrous sodium actetate (100 mg, 1.22 mmol), and freshly activated 4k molecular sieves (0.61 gm). The sodium cyanoborohydride (77 mg, 1.22 mmol) was added in a single portion and the reaction stirred at rt for 3 h. Excess 10% aqueous HCl was added to adjust the pH to -2. The resulting mixture was then adjusted to pHslO with saturated aqueous Na 2 C0 3 and extracted with ethyl acetate (2X). The combined organic layers were washed (2X, brine), dried (Na 2 S0 4 ), filtered, and concentrated ijn vacuo to provide the unpurified amino¬ diesters (230 mg). The title compounds were obtained by heating the aminodiesters (186.3 mg, 0.372 mmol) in an -O.IM solution of 1:1 (v:v) toluene:dimethoxyethane containing HOBT (49 mg, 0.372 mmol) at 100°C in a resealable tube for 3-8 h. The volatiles were removed i_n vacuo and the resulting slurry taken up in ethyl acetate, washed (IX, saturated aqueous Na 2 C0 3 ; IX, brine), dried (Na 2 S0 4 ), filtered, and concentrated vn vacuo. Purification by silica gel chromatography using methanol:chloroform mixtures provided the title compounds as a 1:1 mixture at the lactam quaternary center. MS (Cl) (M+H) + = 477; Anal. Calcd. for C 25 H 28 N 4 0 5 -0.75 H 2 0: C, 63.73; H, 6.07; N, 11.43. Found: C, 63.43; H, 5.76; N, 11.08.

Example 62 (2S)-((3R,3S)-((Benzyloxycarbonyl)amino)-3- phenylmethyl-2-oxo-l-pyrrolidinyl)-3- (4-imidazolyl)propionic acid. The resultant compound from Example 61 (103 mg, 0.22 mmol) was dissolved in dimethoxyethane (1 ml) and water added until the solution just clouded. To the resulting solution was added LiOH«H 2 0 (10.0 mg, 0.24 mmol). The mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h, neutralized with HCl (105 μl of 4.1M HCl in dioxane), concentrated in vacuo, and dried under high vacuum to provide the title compound. MS (Cl) (M+H) ÷ = 463.

Example 63 (3-((Benzyloxycarbonyl)amino)-3-phenylmethyl- 2-oxo-l-pyrrolidinyl)-3-(4-imidazolyl)propionic acid Amide of (2S,3R,4S)-2-amino-l-cyclohexyl-3,4- dihydroxy-6-methylheptane. The resultant compounds of Example 62 (99.9 mg, 0.22 mmol) and 2 (60.4 mg, 0.22 mmol), HOBT (87.6 mg, 0.65 mmol), and N-methylmorpholine (47.ra μl, 0.43 mmol) were dissolved in dry DMF (0.86 ml) and cooled to -23°C (CCl 4 /dry ice bath) under N 2 . To this mixture was added (3-dimethyl- aminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (41.4 mg, 0.22 mmol) in a single portion. The reaction was stirred 3 h at -23°C and warmed to rt as it stirred overnight. The reaction was poured into saturated aqueous NaHC0 3 and the resulting mixture extracted (2X, ethylacetate). The com¬ bined organic extracts were washed (IX, brine), dried (Na 2 S0 4 ), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting foam was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with methanol chloroform mixtures to provide in the

order of elution.

(63A): m.p. * (softening at 145°C) 198.5-201°C, Anal. Calcd. for C 3g H 53 N 5 0 6 -0.5 H 2 0: C, 67.22; H, 7.81; N, 10.04. Found C, 67.29; H, 7.72; N, 9.70.

(63B): m.p. = 113-116'C (bubbling); Anal. Calcd. for C 3g H 53 N 5 0 6 : C, 68.10; N, 7.77; N, 10.18. Found C, 67.76; H, 7.82; N, 9.88.

(63C): m.p. = 88.5-93°C (bubbling).

Example 64 (4R,5S)-4-methyl-5-phenyl-oxazolidine-2-one Into a dry 300 ml single-necked, round-bottom flask equipped for magnetic stirring was placed 40.2 g (0.27 mo!) of (lS,2R)-2-amino-2-phenylpropanol, 36 ml (35.1 g, 0.30 mol) of diethyl carbonate, and approximately 2 g of anhydrous potassium carbonate. The flask was fitted for distillation through a 12" vigreux column and placed in an oil bath preequilibrated to 150°C. The stirred solution was heated until ethanol distillation ceased (overnight). Upon cooling to room temperature, the contents of the flask solidified. The reaction product was dissolved in dichloro- methane (200 ml), washed once with brine (50 ml), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under

n

reduced pressure to give a colorless solid. Recrystalliza- tion from toluene afforded 40.8 g (85%) of A as a white solid, mp 120-122°C (Lit. mp 116-117°C, Newman, M.S. et al., J. Amer Chem. Soc, 1951, 73:4199-4203).

Example 65 (4R,5S)-4-methyl-5-phenyl-3-(3-pheny1-propionyl)- oxazolidine-2-one. A mechanically stirred solution of the resultant com¬ pound from Example 64 (10 g, 56.4 mmol) in dry THF (200 ml) under an atmosphere of nitrogen was treated with n-butyl- lithium in hexanes (1.05 equiv, 22.6 ml, 56.4 mmol, 2.5 M) at -78°C. After stirring for an additional 20 min at -78°C, hydrocinnamoyl chloride (9.4 ml, 62 mmol, 1.1 equiv) was added and the reaction was allowed to warm to. room tempera¬ ture with stirring over 2 h. The clear reaction mixture was poured into 100 ml of saturated NH 4 C1. The organic layer was removed and the resulting aqueous layer extracted three times with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were washed once with brine, dried (anhydrous sodium sulfate), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a crude solid. This material was recrystallized from hot ethyl acetate/hexane at 0-5°C overnight. First crop yielded 12.9 g, mp 99-100°C. Second crop afforded 3.6 g. Total yield 16.5 g (95%).

Example 66

(4R,5S)-3[(2S)-31(2S)-3t-butoxycarbonv1-

2-benzylpropionyl1-4-methyl-5-pheny1-oxazolidine-2-one.

To a stirred solution of the resultant compound from

Example 65 (12.9 g, 41.7 mmol) in dry THF (100 ml) under nitrogen was added at -78°C a solution of sodium hexamethyl-

disilylamide 45.9 ml (1 M in THF). After 30 min, t-butyl bromoacetate (13.6 ml, 83.4 mmol) was added as a solution in THF. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at -78°C, quenched with sat. NH 4 C1 solution (50 ml) and the entire reaction mixture partitioned between diethyl ether and water. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer extracted once with ether. The combined organic solutions were washed with 10% HCl, sat. NaHC0 3 , brine, dried (Na 2 S0 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The resulting yellow oil was submitted to silica gel chromatography (flash): yield 12.4 g (70%).

Example 67 Preparation of Benzyl (2S)-2-Benzy1-3- t-butoxycarbonyl Propionate. To a stirred solution of dry benzyl alcohol (6.1 ml, 58.4 mmol) in dry THF (100 ml) and cooled to 0-5°C (ice- water bath) was added 17.5 ml (2.5 M, 43.8 mmol) of n-butyl- lithium in hexane. After the addition was complete, a solution of the resultant compound from Example 66 (12.3 g, 29.2 mmol) in THF was added dropwise. After 1 h at 0-5°C the reaction was quenched by adding excess saturated aqueous NH 4 C1. The reaction mixture was poured into a separatory funnel and extracted with diethyl ether (2x100 ml). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried (NaS0 4 ) and concentrated to give the desired product and benzyl alcohol as a yellow oil. The benzyl alcohol was removed and the product purified by flash chromatography; yield 9 g (87%).

Example 68 (3R)-3-Benzy1oxycarbonyl- 3-phenylmethylpropionic acid. The resultant compound from Example 67 (2.5 g, 7.1 mmol) in methylene chloride (5 ml) was treated with trifluoro- acetic acid (5 ml). After stirring at 25°C for 90 min, the solvent was evaporated to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (2.05 g, 100%); mp 48-52°C.

Example 69 Benzyl (2S)-4-hydroxy-2-phenylmethylbutanoate. Following the procedure described in Example 100, the resultant compound from Example 68 (2 g, 7.1 mmol) was con¬ verted to the title compound. MS (DCI): 302 (M+NH 4 ) + , 285 (M+H) + .

Example 70 (3S)-3-Benzyloxycarbonyl-3-phenylmethylpropana1. Following the procedure described in Example 101, the resultant compound from Example 69 (350 mg, 1.2 rπrnol) was converted to the title compound.

Example 71 Benzyl (2S)-2-(Imidazol-4-yl methyl)-2- ((3S)-pheny1methyl-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)acetate. Following the procedure described in Example 103, the resultant compound from Example 70 (450 mg, 1.6 mmol) was converted into the title compound. MS (DCI): 404 (M+H) + .

-173-

Example 72 (2S)-2-((l-tert-Butyloxycarbon,yl)-imidazol- 4-yl methyl)-2-((3S)-phenylmethyl- 2-oxopyrrolidinyl-1-yl)acetic acid. Following the procedure described in Example 104, the resultant compound from Example 71 (390 mg, 0.79 mmol) was converted into the title compound. MS (DCI): 414 (M+H) + .

Example 73 (2S)-2-(Imidazol-4-yl methyl)-2-((3S)-phenylmethyl- 2-oxo-pyrrolidin-l-yl)acetic acid amide of (2S,3R,4S)-2-amino-i-cyclohexyl-3,4-dihydroxy- 6-methylheptane. The resultant compound from Example 72 (160 mg, 0.4 mmol) was treated according to the procedure in Example 118 to afford the title compound; mp 109-114°C. MS (DCI): 539 (M+H) + .

Anal. Calcd. for C 31 H 5 N 0 4 -7 H 2 0: C, 67.53; H, 8.67; N, 10.16.

Found: C, 67.18; H, 8.45; N, 10.09.

Example 74 (2S, S)-3-Benzyloxycarbonyl-2-phenyl- 4-phenylmethyl-5-oxooxazolidine Following the procedure of arady, Tett. Lett., 1984, 25:4337. N-Cbz-L-phenylalanine (25 g, 83.5 mmol), benzaldehyde (18 g, 170 ol), and p-toluenesulfonic acid (11.2 g, 58 mmol) were suspended in 1,1,1-trichloroethane (300 ml). The solution was refluxed for 18 hr and the water was removed by azeotropic distillation using a Dean-Stark

trap for liquids heavier than water. After cooling, the reaction was washed with saturated aqueous NaHC0 3 (3x50 ml), water (1x50 ml), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to produce an orange oil. After about 1 h a solid crystallized from the oil and it was collected by vacuum filtration. The orange solid was recrystallized from ethyl acetate/hexane to produce colorless crystals (4.0 g, 12%); mp 120-122°C. MS (Cl): 405 (M+NH 4 ) + , 388 (M+H) + .

Example 75 (2R,4R)-3-Benzyloxycarbonyl-2-phenyl- 4-phenylmethyl-5-oxooxazolidine Following the procedure described in Example 74, N-Cbz- D-phenylal nine (25 g, 83.5 mmol) was converted into the title compound.

Example 76 (2S,4S)-3-Benzyloxycarbonyl-2-phenyl-4- phenylmethyl-4-(1-(2-propenyl))-5-oxooxazolidine A 250 ml round-bottom flask was charged with the resultant compound from Example 74 (3.75 g, 9.7 mmol), THF (100 ml), and a magnetic stir bar. While under a nitrogen atmosphere, the flask was cooled to -78°C and via syringe potassium hexamethyldisilylamide (25 ml, 12.5 mmol, 0.5 M solution in toluene) was added dropwise. After 15 min at -78°C, allyl bromide (1.76 g, 14.6 mmol, passed through neutral alumina prior to addition) was added over 1 min. After 1.5 h the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NH 4 C1 (100 ml) and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3x100 ml) and the combined organic extracts were washed with saturated aqueous

NaCl (2x50 ml), dried over Na 2 S0 4 and concentrated i_n vacuo to afford a light yellow oil (4.4 g). Flash chromatography (100 g silica gel, 20% ethyl acetate/hexane, 8 ml fractions) afforded the product in 28-50. Concentrate like fractions to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (3.3 g, 80%); mp 102-104°C. MS (DCI): -445 (M+NH 4 ) + , 428 (M+H) + .

Example 77 (2R,4R)-3-Benzy1ox.ycarbonyl-2-phenyl-4- phenylmethyl-4-(l-(2-propenyl))-5-oxooxazolidine. Following the procedure outlined in Example 76, the resultant compound from Example 75 (2.1 g, 5.4 mmol) was converted into the desired compound.

Example 78

(2S,4S)-3-Benzyloxycarbonyl-2-phenyl-4-phenylmethy1- 4-(l-(3-hydroxypropyl))-5-oxooxazolidine.

The resultant compound from Example 76 (3 g, 7 mmol) was dissolved in dry THF (100 ml) and then treated with 9-BBN (0.5 M in THF, 21 ml, 10.5 mmol). After stirring overnight at 25°C, excess 9-BBN was quenched by the dropwise addition of water (1 ml). The reaction flask was then immersed in a 25°C water bath followed by the concurrent and dropwise addition of 3 N NaOH (23 ml, 69 mmol) and 30% H 2 0 2 (23 ml). Stirring was continued for 10 min after the addi¬ tion was completed after which the solution was saturated with solid NaCl. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ether (3x50 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated aqueous NaHC0 3 (2x50 ml), dried over Na S0 4 , and concentrated i_n vacuo to afford a colorless solid. Flash chromatography (100 g

silica gel, 40% ethyl acetate/hexane, 7 ml fractions) afforded the title compound as a colorless solid in fractions 29-59. Recrystallization from methylene chloride/hexane provided the title compound as colorless crystals (2.7 g, 87%); mp 130-131°C. MS, (DCI): 463 (M+NH 4 ) + , 446 (M+H) +*

Example 79 (2R,4R)-3-Benzyloxycarbonyl-2-phenyl-4-phenylmeth,yl-

4-(l-(3-hydroxypropyl))-5-oxooxazo1idine. Following the procedure described in Example 78, the resultant compound from Example 77 (1.5 g, 3.5 mmol) was converted into the title compound.

Example 80

(2S,4S)-3-Benzyloxycarbonyl-2-phenyl-4-phenylmethyl- 4-(2-(ethylcarboxaldehyde))-5-oxooxazolidine.

The resultant compound from Example 78 (860 mg, 1.9 rnrnol) was dissolved in CH 2 C1 2 (10 ml) and added to a vigorously stirred mixture of PCC (1.0 g, 4.9 rnrnol) and 4 k molecular sieves (4 g) in CH 2 C1 2 (100 ml). Additional portions of PCC (0.5 g, 2.5 mmol) were added after 30 min and 45 min. After 1 h total reaction time, the mixture was poured into moist ether (200 ml). The reaction flask was rinsed with ether (4x50 ml) and the combined organic solutions were filtered through celite and concentrated in vacuo to afford a dark semisolid. The crude product was dissolved in CH 2 C1 2 and filtered through a 4 inch column of florisil. The filtrate (200 ml) was concentrated jn vacuo to afford the title compound as a light yellow oil (450 mg, 52%). MS (DCI): 461 (M+NH 4 ) + , 444 (M+H) + .

Example 81 (2R,4R)-3-Benz . y1oxycarbonyl-2-phenyl -4-phenylmethy1-

4-(2-(ethylcarboxaldehyde))-5-oxooxazolidine. Following the procedure described in Example 80, the resultant compound from Example 79 (0.6 g, 1.3 mmol) was converted into the desired product.

Example 82 (2S)-Methyl-((3S)-((Benzyloxycarbonyl)amino)- 3-pheny1methyl-2-oxo-l-pi eridinyl)-3- (.4-imidazolyl)propionate. .- Following the procedure described in Example 102, the resultant aldehyde from Example 80 (443 mg, 1 rnrnol) was reductively aminated with the bis hydrochloride salt of L-histidine methyl ester (242 mg, 1 mmol). The resulting aminoester (600 mg, 1 mmol) was converted to the corre¬ sponding lactam by refluxing in absolute methanol (60 ml) in the presence of isopropylamine (170 μl, 1.95 mmol) under N 2 for 4 h. The volatiles were removed and the resulting substance was purified by flash chromatography (55 g silica gel, 5% MeOH/CHCl 3 , 8 ml fractions), affording the title compound as a colorless foam (300 mg, 61%). MS (Cl): ( +H) + = 491. Exact mass calcd. for C 27 H 31 N 4 0 5 (M+H) + : 491.2294. . Found: 491.2294.

Example 83 (2S) Methyl ((3R)-((benzyloxycarbonyl)amino)- 3-phenylmethyl-2-oxo-l-piperidiny1)-3- (4-imidazolyl)propionate. Following the procedure described in Example 102, the resultant compound from Example 81 (400 mg, 0.9 mmol) was reductively aminated with the bis hydrochloride salt of

L-histidine methyl ester (218 mg, 0.9 mmol). The resulting aminoester (520 mg, 0.87 mmol) was dissolved in dry methanol (20 ml). Anhydrous sodium acetate (350 mg, 4.5 mmol) and glacial acetic acid (two drops) were added and the solution was heated in a seated tube for 15 h at 110°C. The solution was concentrated jn vacuo and the resulting residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (100 ml) and saturated aqueous NaHC0 3 (50 ml). The aqueous layer was further extracted with ethyl acetate (3x50 ml) and the combined organic extracts were dried over Na 2 S0 4 and concentrated jn vacuo to afford a yellow foam. Flash chromatography with methanol/chloroform mixtures provided the title compound as a colorless foam (180 mg, 42%). MS (Cl): 491 (M+H) + .

Example 84 Lithium (2S)-2-((l-tert-Butyloxycarbonyl)- l-imidazol-4-yl methyl)-3-((3S)- ((benzyloxycarbonyl)amino)-3-phenylmethyl- 2-oxo-1-piperidinyl)acetate. The resultant compound from Example 82 (260 mg, 0.53 mmol) was dissolved in dioxane (2 ml) and cooled to 0°C under a N 2 atmosphere. Aqueous LiOH (0.5 M, 1.2 ml, 0.6 mmol) was added dropwise and the solution was stirred for 2 h at 0°C. Di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (127 mg, 0.58 mmol) was added at 0°C and the solution was warmed to room temperature over 1 h and stirred one additional h. The solution was concentrated to afford the title compound as a colorless foam.

Example , 85

Lithium (2S)-2-( (1-f.Pr -Bntv]oxvcarbonvl)- itτ.idazol-4-yl-methyl)-3-((3R)- ( (ben γloxγcarbonyl)amino)-3-phenylmethvl- ?-oxo-1-piperidinvl)acetate Following the procedure described in Example 84, the resulting compound from Example 83 (160 mg, 0.33 mmol) was converted into the title compound.

Example fifi and 87 (2R or 2S)-( (3S)-( (Benzyloxycarbonyl)amino)-3- phenylπ.ethyl-2-oxo-l-piperidinvl)-3- (4-imida2olyl)propionic acid amide of (2S.3R.4S)- 2-amino-1-cyp.lohexγl-3.4-dihydroxγ-6-ιτ.ethγlheptane The resultant compound of Example 84 (300 mg, 0.53 mmol), the resultant compound from Example 2 (148 mg, 0.53 mmol), HOBT (215 mg, 1.35 mmol), and N-methylmorpholine (59 mg, 0.58 mmol) were dissolved in dry DMF and cooled to -23°C under 2 . To this solution was added EDAC (102 mg, 0.53 mmol) in one portion. The reaction was stirred for 3 h at -23°C, warmed to room temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction was poured into saturated aqueous NaHCθ 3 (50 ml) and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (4x75 ml) . The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl (2x50 ml) , dried over Na 2 S0 4 and concentrated in vacuo to afford a yellow oil. The oil was dissolved in THF (1 ml) . Acetic acid (3 ml) and water (1 ml) were added and the reaction was stirred for 2 h at 50°C. The cooled reaction was concentrated in vacuo and the resulting oil was dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 ml) and washed with saturated aqueous NaHC03 (3x50 ml) , saturated aqueous NaCl (2 x 50 ml) ,

dried over Na 2 S0 4 , and concentrated jn vacuo to provide a yellow foam. Flash chromatography (2.5% MeOH/CHCl 3 ) afforded in the order of elution.

(86) (116 mg): mp 95-101°C. MS (FAB): 702 (M+H) + . Anal. Calcd for C 0 H 55 N 5 0 6 ..6 H 2 0: C, 67.41, H 7.95,

N, 9.83.

Found: C, 67.12; H, 7.85; N, 9.87.

(87) (108 mg): mp 98-105°C. MS (FAB " ): 702 (M+H) + . Anal. Calcd. for C 40 H 55 N 5 0 6 -.2 H 2 0: C, 68.10; H, 7.92;

N, 9.93.

Found: C, 67.79; H, 7.89; N, 9.78.

Example 88

(2R or 2S)-((3R)-((Benzyloxycarbony1)amino)-3- phenylmethyl-2-oxo-l-piperidiny1)-3-

(4-imidazo1y1)propionic acid amide of (2S,3R.4S)-

2-.^iriότl cyclbtie-C7l-3;4-d_Uydrσxy-6-roethylheptane.

Following the procedure described in Example 86, the resultant compound from Example 85 (137 mg, 0.33 mmol) was converted into the title compounds as an inseparable mixture; mp 95-105°C. MS (FAB): 702 (M+H) + .

Example 89 (2R)-2-Hydroxy-3-phenylpropanoic acid. (J. Med. Chem., 23, 666 Following the procedure of Johnson, 1980, D- phenyl lanine (16.5 g, 100 mmol) was dissolved in IN H 2 S0 4 (150 ml) and cooled to 0 β C. A solution of NaN0 2 (10.5 g, 150 mmol) in water (50 ml) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred for 2 h at 0°C and for 3 h at 25°C. The product was extracted into ether (5x100 ml) and the combined ether extracts were dried over Na 2 S0 4 and concentrated j_π vacuo to

about 100 ml. Hexane (300 ml) was added and the product which crystallized out was collected by vacuum filtration to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (9 g, 54%); mp = 124-125°C.

Example 90 Methyl (2R)-2-Hydroxy-3-phenylpropanoate. Following the procedure of Cohen (J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1964, 86, 5326), the resultant compound from Example 89 (8.6 g, 52 mmol) was dissolved in dry methanol (250 ml). p-Toluenesulfonic acid (2 g, 10.5 mmol) was added and the solution was refluxed for 2 h. The cooled solution was concentrated jn vacuo and the residue was dissolved in ether (400 ml). The ether solution was washed with saturated aqueous NaHC0 3 (3x50 ml), water (2x50 ml), 0.1 N H 2 S0 (1x50 ml), water (1x50 ml), dried over Na 2 S0 4 , and concentrated i_n vacuo to afford a colorless solid. The solid was recrystallized from hexane to provide the title compound as colorless needles (7.7 g, 83%); mp = 46-47°C.

Example 91 Methyl (2R)-3-phenyl-2-(l-(2-propenoxy)propanoate. The resultant compound from Example 90 (3.8 g, 21 rnrnol) and allyl bromide (5.1 g, 42 mmol) in dry DMF (20 ml) was cooled to 0°C. Sodium hydride (60% in oil, 556 mg, 23.2 mg) was added in portions over 1 h and stirring at 0°C was continued for 1 additional h. The solution was carefully poured into saturated aqueous NH C1 (100 ml) and extracted with ether/hexane (1:1, 5x100 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl (2x50 ml), dried over Na S0 4 , and concentrated vn vacuo to afford a yellow oil (4.4 g). Flash chromatography (100 g silica gel,

-152-

40% ethyl acetate/hexane, 8 ml fractions) afforded the product in fractions 22-30 which were concentrated i_n vacuo to afford the title compound as a colorless oil (4 g, 80%). MS (DCI): 238 (M+NH 4 ) + , 221 (M+H) + .

Example 92 Methyl (2R)-2(formylmethoxy)-3-phenyl propanoate, A CH 2 C1 solution (200 ml) of the resultant compound from Example 91 (3.9 g, 17.7 mmol) was cooled to -78°C and treated with a stream of 0 3 for 45 min. Excess ozone was removed with a stream of N 2 and dimethyl sulfide (4 ml) was added. After stirring overnight at room temperature, the solution was concentrated to afford the titled compound as a light yellow oil (4.0 g, 101%) which was used without further purification. MS (DCI): 256 (M+NH +H 2 0) + , 240 (M+NH 4 ) + .

Example 93 Methyl (2S)-2-(Imidazol-4-y1 methyp-2- (3R)-pheny1methyl-2-oxomorpholin-l-yl)acetate. Following the procedure described in Example 105, the resultant aldehyde from Example 92, (1 g, 4.5 mmol) was reductively aminated with the bishydrochloride salt of L- histidinε methyl ester (1.09g, 4.5 mmol). The resulting aminoester (700 mg, 1.9 mmol) was dissolved in dry methanol (20 ml) and heated in a seated tube for 45 h at 110°C. The cooled solution was concentrated and purified by flash chromatography using methanol/chloroform mixtures to afford the title compound as a light yellow foam (230 mg, 37%). MS (DCI): 344 (M+H) + .

Example 94 Lithium (2S)-2-((l-tert-Butyloxycarbonyl)-l-imidazo1- 4-yl-methyl)-((3R)-phenylmeth . yl-2-oxomorpholin- 1-yl)acetate. Following the procedure described in Example 87, the resultant compound from Example 93, (220 mg, 0.6 mmol) was treated with LiOH (0.5M, 1.2 ml, " 0.6 mmol) and then di-tert- butyl dicarbonate (131 mg, 0.6 mmol) to afford the title compound as a light yellow foam.

Example 95 (2R or 2S)-((3R)-3-phenylmethy1-2-oxo-l-moroholin- l-y1)-3-(4-imidazoly1)propionic acid amide of (2S,3R,4S)- 2-aτπJno-1-πyolohexvl-3.4-dJhvdroxv-6-methvlheptane

Following the procedure described in Example 92, the resultant compound from Example 94, the resultant compound from Example 2 (168 mg, 0.6 mmol), HOBT (243 mg, 1.8 mmol), N-methylmorpholine (67mg, 0.66 mmol) and EDAC (115 mg, 0.6 mmol) provided the intermediate compound which was treated with HOAc/THF/H20 (3:1:1) at 50°C for 4 h. Normal wor up afforded a crude product which was purified on silica gel using chloroform/methanol mixtures to afford in the order of elution.

(95A) (110 mg) : mp 125-127°C. MS (FAB) : 555 (M+H)+. (95B) (85 mg) : mp 105-107°C. MS (FAB) : 555 (M+H) + .

Example 96 (4R)-3-(3-Phenylpropionyl)-4-(2-propyl)- oxazol i di ne-2-one . To a stirred solution of 4-(2-propyl)-oxazolidine-2-one in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (250 ml) under a nitrogen atmosphere at -78°C was added in a dropwise fashion a solution of n-butyllithium in hexane (50 ml, 77.4 rnrnol) over

5 to 10 min. After stirring an additional 20 min at -78°C 3-phenylpropionyl chloride (12.7 ml, 85.2 mmol) was added neat. The reaction was warmed to room temperature and stirred 1 to 2 h. The reaction was quenched by adding 100 ml of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride and the volatiles were removed by rotary evaporation. The resulting aqueous residue was extracted three times with ether and the combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried (Na 2 S0 4 ), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Recrystallization from hexanes/ethyl acetate provided the title compound (16.6 g, 82%). m.p. = 86.5-87.5°C. Mass spectrum: (M+NH 4 ) + = 279, (M+H) + = 262.

■Example 97 (4R)-3-((2R)-3-t-butoxycarbonyl-2-benzylpropionyl)-

4-(2-propyl)-oxazolidine-2-one. To a stirred solution of the product resulting from Example 96 (2.28 g, 8.72 mmol), in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (30 ml) under a nitrogen atmosphere at -78°C was added a solution of sodium hexamethyldisily.l mide (9.6 ml, 9.59 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran. After stirring for 30 min at -78°C, t-butyl bromoacetate (2.21 g, 11.34 mmol) was added in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran and the resulting solution stirred 1 h at -78°C. The reaction was quenched by adding 20 ml of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride and then parti¬ tioning the mixture between water and ether. The aqueous layer was drawn off and extracted with ether. The combined organic phases were washed with 10% aqueous HCl, saturated aqueous NaHC0 3 and brine, dried (Na S0 4 ), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Recrystallization from acetone/

hexanes provided the desired purified product (2.59 g, 79%). m.p. = 167-168°C. Mass spectrum: (M+NH ) + = 393, (M+H) + = 376.

Example 98 Benzyl-(2R)-3-(t-butox,ycarbonyl)-2- benzyl-propionate. To a stirred solution of dry benzyl alcohol (0.55 ml, 5.33 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (18 ml) under a nitrogen atmosphere at 0°C was added a hexane solution of n- butyllithium (2.58 ml, 4.00 mmol). To this solution was added the product from Example 97 in anhydrous tetrahydro¬ furan (10 ml). After stirring 1 h at 0°C the reaction was quenched by adding excess saturated aqueous ammonium chloride. The volatiles were removed by rotary evaporation and the resulting aqueous residue extracted two times with ether. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried (Na 2 S0 4 ), filtered, and concentrated jn vacuo provided an oil which was purified by chromatography on Si0 (15% ether acetate/hexanes) to provide the desired product (0.89 g, 94%) as a colorless oil. Mass spectrum: (M) + = 354.

Example 99 (2R)-3-tert-Butyloxycarbonyl-2- phenylmethylpropionic Acid. The diester from Example 98 (1.41 g) and 10% palladium on carbon (0.70 g) in methanol were stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere for 2 h. Filtration and solvent evaporation afforded 1.03 g (98%) of the desired product as an oil. 1 H NMR (CDC1 3 , TMS) δ 7.1-7.4 (m,5H), 2.95-3.15 (m,2H), 2.72 (dd,lH), 2.56 (dd.lH), 2.32 (dd,lH), 1.40 (s,9H).

Example 100 tert-Butyl (3R)-4-Hydroxy-3-phenylmethylbutanoate. To the resultant acid from Example 99 (1.03 g, 3.90 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (4 ml, THF) at 0°C was added BH 3 in THF (5.8 ml, 5.8 mmol, 1.0 molar) over 2 min. After 2 h at 0 β C the mixture was brought to room temperature and stirred for 2 h. The reaction was poured into saturated NaHC0 solution and extracted into ethyl acetate which was dried over Na 2 S0 4 and evaporated. Chromatography of the residue on silica gel with ethyl acetate/hexane mixtures afforded 0.55 g (56%) of the desired product as an oil. *H NMR (CDC1 3 , TMS) δ 7.15-7.35 (m,5H), 3.65 (m,lH), 3.52 (m,lH), 2.65 (m,2H), 2.30 (m,2H), 1.90 (m,lH), 1.46 (s,9H).

Example 101 (2R)-1-tert-Butyloxycarbonyl- 2-phenylmethylpropanal. To oxalyl chloride (0.30 ml, 3.52 mmol) in methylene chloride (4 ml) at -69°C was added dimethylsulfoxide (0.35 ml, 4,9 mmol) in methylene chloride (5 ml). After 5 min the resultant compound from Example 100 (547.0 mg, 2.19 mmol) in methylene chloride (9 ml) was added. After an additional 10 min at -69°C triethylamine (1.20 ml, 8.56 mmol) was added dropwise. After 15 min the reaction was quenched with 2 M HCl (10 ml), poured into hexane and washed with water and brine, then dried over Na 2 S0 4 and evaporated to afford 529.5 mg (98%) of the desired aldehyde as an oil. X NMR (CDC1 3 , TMS) δ 9.80 (s,lH), 7.15-7.35 (m,5H), 3.10 (m,lH), 2.70-2.90 (m,2H), 2.57 (m,lH), 2.37 (m,lH), 1.43 (s,9H).

Exampl e 102

N- ( (2R)-l-tert-But . yloxycarbony1-

2-phenylmethy1propyl)histidine Benzyl Ester.

To the resulting aldehyde from Example 101 (526.0 mg, 2.12 mmol) in isopropanol (40 ml) was added L-histidine benyl ester di-p-toluenesulfonic acid salt (1.31 g, 2.22 mmol), anhydrous sodium acetate (0:52 g, 6.3 mmol) and sodium cyanoborohydride (0.20 g, 3.18 mmol). After 80 h at room temperature the mixture was poured into saturated NaHC0 solution and extracted into ethyl acetate which was dried over Na 2 S0 and evaporated.

Chromatography of the residue on silica gel with methanol-chloroform mixtures afforded 254.8 mg (25%) of the desired product as an oil. 1 H NMR (CDC1 3 , TMS) δ 7.51 (d,lH), 7.10-7.40 ( .lOH), 6.75 (s,lH), 5.12 (s,2H), 2.98 (dd,lH), 1.45 (s,9H).

Example 103 Benzyl (2S)-2-(imidazol-4-ylmethyl)-2- ((4R)-phenylmethyl-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)acetate. The resultant compound from Example 102 (247.2 mg, 0.518 mmol) was stirred for 90 min in trifluoroacetic acid. After solvent evaporation the residue was dissolved in water and lyopholized to a white powder. 1-Hydroxybenz- triazole (190 mg, 1.41 mmol), dimethylformamide (5 ml) and N-methylmorpholine (125 μl, 1.14 mmol) were added, then the mixture was cooled to -23°C and treated with l-(3-dimethyl- aminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (140 mg, 0.73 mmol). After 2 h at -23°C and 16 h at room temperature the mixture was poured into saturated NaHC0 solution and extracted into ethyl acetate which was washed with water and brine, then dried over Na 2 S0 4 and evaporated.

Chromatography of the residue on silica gel with methanol-chloroform mixtures afforded 194.0 mg (93%) of the desired product as an oil. X H NMR (CDC1 3 , TMS) δ 7.52 (s,lH), 7.00-7.40 (m,10H), 6.81 (s.lH), 5.25 (m,2H), 5.12 (m,lH), 3.42 (dd.lH), 3.31 (dd,lH), 3.10 (m,2H), 2.51 (m,2H), 2.38 (dd.lH), 2.12 (dd,lH).

Example 104 (2S)-2-((l-tert-Buty1oxycarbonyl)-imidazo1- 4-ylmethyl)-2-((4R)-phenylmethyl-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1-yl)acetic Acid. The resultant compound from Example 103 (191.0 mg, 0.473 mmol) and di-tert-butyldicarbonate (115.0 mg, 0.527 mmol) in methylene chloride (1.5 ml) were stirred at room temperature for 16 h. After solvent evaporation the residue was treated with 10% palladium on carbon (200 mg), taken up in methanol (5 ml), and stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere for 2 h. The mixture was filtered and the solvent was evaporated to afford 177.8 mg (91%) of the desired acid as a foam. 1 H NMR (CDC1 3 , TMS) δ 8.05 (d,lH), 1.61 (s,9H).

Example 105 (3R)-3-Benzyloxycarbonyl- 3-phenylmethylpropionic Acid. The resultant compound from Example 98 (11.76 g, 33.2 mmol) in methylene chloride (25 ml) was treated with trifluoroacetic acid (25 ml). After stirring at room tem¬ perature for 90 min the solvent was evaporated to afford 9.91 g (100%) of the desired product as a solid, m.p. 48- 51°C.

Example 106 Benzyl (2R)-4-Hydroxyl-2-phenylmethylbutanoate. The resultant compound from Example 105 (537.2 mg, 1.801 rnrnol) was treated according to the procedure of Example 100 to afford 341.8 mg (67%) of the desired product as an oil. *H NMR (CDC1 3 , TMS) δ 7.10-7.40 (m,10H), 5.05 (s,2H), 3.65 (m,2H), 3.02 (dd.lH), 2.92 (m,lH), 2.80 (dd,lH), 1.93 (m,lH), 1.82 (m,lH).

Example 107 (3R)-3-Benzyloxycarbonyl-3-phenylmethylpropanal. - .- The resultant compound from Example 106 (338.0 mg, 1.19 mmol) was reacted according to the procedure of Example 101 to afford 328.1 mg (98%) of the desired product as an oil. l H NMR (CDC1 3 , TMS) δ 9.70 (s,lH), 7.10-7.40 (m,10H), 5.11 (s,2H), 3.15-3.30 (m.lH), 3.07 (dd,lH), 2.40- 2.90 (m,3H).

Example 108 Benzyl (2S)-2-(Imidazol-4-ylmethyl)-2-((3R)- phenylmethyl-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)acetate. The resultant compound from Example 107 (155.8 mg, 0.552 mmol) was reductively aminated according to the proce¬ dure of Example 102. The resulting amine spontaneously cyclised to afford after chromatography 142.0 mg (64%) of the desired product as an oil. 1 H NMR (CDC1 3 , TMS) δ 7.51 (d,lH), 7.10-7.40 (m,10H), 6.78 (s,lH), 5.21 (d.lH), 5.18 (d,lH), 5.13 (dd.lH), 3.20-3.35 (m,3H), 3.10 (m,2H), 2.70 (m,lH), 2.39 (dd,lH), 1.95 (m,lH), 1.58 (m,lH).

Example 109 (2S)-2-((l-tert-Buty1oxycarbonyl)-imidazo1- 4-ylmethyl)-2-((3R)-phenylmethyl-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1-ypacetic Acid. The resultant compound from Example 108 (142.0 mg, 0.352 mmol) was treated according to the procedure of Example 104 to provide 133.1 mg (91%) of the desired product as a foam. l H NMR (CDC1 3 , TMS) δ 8.03 (s,lH), 1.60 (s,9H).

Example 110 N-((2S)-tert-Butyloxycarbonylamino- 3-phenylpropyl)histidine Benzyl Ester. Boc-phenylalanal (479.9 mg, 1.997 rnrnol) was reductively aminated according to the procedure of Example 102 to provide 643.1 mg (67%) of the desired product as a foam. ' H NMR (CDC1 3 , TMS) δ 7.50 (s,lH), 7.10-7.40 (m,10H), 6.71 (s,lH), 5.15 (d,lH), 5.11 (d,lH), 4.77 (br,lH), 3.87 (br,lH), 3.50 (dd,lH), 3.02 (dd,lH), 2.42 (dd.lH), 1.41 (S,9H).

Example 111 Benzyl (2S)-2-(Imidazol-4-ylmethy1)-2-((4S)- phenylmethyl-imidazolidin-2-one-l-yl)acetate. The resultant compound from Example 110 (295.0 mg, 0.616 mmol) was deprotected with trifluoroacetic acid as described in Example 103. The resultant powder was dissolved in methylene chloride (4 ml), treated with N-methylmorpholine (0.21 ml, 1.91 mmol), cooled to 0°C, and then treated with carbonyld imidazole (121 mg, 0.746 mmol) in methylene chloride (8 ml). After 90 min at 0°C and 18 h at room temperature the mixture was poured into saturated NaHC0 3 solution and then extracted into ethyl acetate which

was dried and evaporated. Chromatography of the residue on silica gel with methanol-chloroform mixtures afforded 162.9 mg (65%) of the desired product. X H NMR (CDC1 3 , TMS) δ 7.50 (s.lH), 7.05-7.40 (m,10H), 6.83 (s,lH), 5.25 (d,lH), 5.18 (d,lH), 3.76 (m,lH), 3.55 (m,lH), 3.30 (dd.lH), 3.22 (dd,lH), 3.08 (dd,lH), 2.72 (dd.lH), 2.64 (dd,lH).

Example 112 (2S)-2-((l-tert-Butyloxycarbonyl)-imidazole- 4-ylmethyl)-2-((4S)-pheny1methylimidazolidin- 2-one-l-y1)acetic Acid. The resultant compound from Example 111 (189.5 mg, 0.469 rnrnol) was treated according to the procedure of Example 104 to provide 176.7 mg (91%) of the desired product as a foam. λ NMR (CDC1 3 , TMS) δ 8.00 (s,lH), 1.59 (s,9H).

Example 113 Boc-N-Isobutyl-L-Phe Methyl Ester. To L-Phe methyl ester hydrochloride (0.54 g, 2.5 mmol) in isopropanol (50 ml) was added isobutyraldehyde (0.24 ml, 2.6 mmol), anhydrous sodium acetate (0.41 g, 5.0 mmol), and sodium cyanoborohydride (0.24 g, 3.8 mmol). After 16 h the reaction was worked up as described in Example 108 to provide a residue which was taken up in chloroform and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated to afford 0.58 g (98%) of N-isobutylPhe methyl ester as a mobile oil.. This product was dissolved in methylene chloride (5 ml), treated with di-tert-butyldicarbonate (0.55 g, 2.5 mmol), and stirred at room temperature for 26 h. Evaporation of the solvent and chromatography of the residue on silica gel with

ethyl acetate-hexane mixtures afforded 0.58 g (71%) of the desired product as an oil. X H NMR (CDC1 3 , TMS) δ 7.10-7.30 (m,5H), 3.73 (s,3H), 1.46 (s,9H), 0.65-0.85 (m,6H).

Example 114 Boc-N-Isobutylphenylalanol. To the resultant compound from Example 113 (0.58 g, 1.73 mmol) in ethanol (4 ml) at 0 β C was added ground CaCl 2 (0.38 g, 3.4 mmol), tetrahydrofuran (4 ml), and then sodium borohydride (0.26 g, 6.9 mmol). After 24 h at 0 β C the reaction was poured slowly into a mixture of citric acid (4 g) and ice (20 g) and extracted into ethyl acetate which was dried over Na 2 S0 4 and evaporated. Chromatography of the residue on silica gel with ethyl acetate-hexane mixtures afforded 0.43 g (81%) of the desired product as an oil. H NMR (CDC1 3 , TMS) δ 7.15-7.30 (m,5H), 3.82 (m,2H), 1.47 (s,9H), 0.82 (d,3H), 0.75 (d,3H).

Example 115 N-((2S)-tert-Buty1oxycarbonyl(isobuty1)amino-3- phenylpropyphistidine Benzyl Ester. The resultant compound from Example 114 (435.6 mg, 1.417 mmol) was reacted according to the procedure of Example 101 and the resulting aldehyde was reductively aminated according to the procedure of Example 102 to provide 405.3 mg (53%) of the desired product as a foam. l H NMR (CDC1 3 , TMS) δ 7.49 (s,lH), 7.10-7.40 (m,10H), 6.74 (s,lH), 5.11 (s,2H), 1.43 (s,9H), 0.78 (d,3H), 0.72 (d,3H).

Example 116 Benzyl (2S)-2-(Imidazol-4-yImethyl)-2- (3-isobutyl-(4S)-phenylmethylimidazolidin- 2-one-1-yl)acetate. The resultant compound from Example 115 (402.0 mg, 0.752 mmol) was reacted according to the procedure of Example 111 to provide 109.2 mg (32%) of the desired product as a foam. l NMR (CDC1 3 , TMS) δ 7.47 (d,lH), 7.00-7.40 (m,10H), 5.25 (d,lH), 5.16 (d,lH), 4.93 (dd.lH), 3.68 (m,lH), 2.95-3.30 (m,6H), 2.85 (dd.lH), 2.44 (dd,lH), 1.83 (m,lH), 0.88 (d,3H), 0.75 (d,3H).

Example 117 (2S)-2-((l-tert-Butyloxycarbonyl)-imidazole- 4-ylmethyl)-2-(3-isobutyl-(4S)- phenylmethy1imidazolidin-2-one-l-yl)acetic Acid. The resultant compound from Example 116 (109.0 mg, 0.237 rnrnol) was treated according to the procedure of Example 104 to afford 101.2 mg (91%) of the desired product as a foam. l NMR (CDC1 3 , TMS) δ 8.04 (d,lH), 1.60 (s,9H), 0.92 (d,3H), 0.84 (d,3H).

Example 118 (2S)-2-(Imidazol-4-ylmethyl)-2-(3-isobuty1-(4S)- phenylmethylimidazolidin-2-one-l-yl)acetic Acid Amide of (2S)-Amino-l-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)- dihydroxy-6-methylheptane. To the resultant compound from Example 117 (49.8 mg, 0.106 mmol) in methylene chloride (3 ml) at -10°C was added N-methylmorpholine (0.014 ml, 0.127 mmol) followed by isobutyl chloroformate (0.014 ml, 0.107 mmol). After 3 min the resultant 3(R),4(S) amine from Example 2 (26.0 mg,

0.107 mmol) was added, the mixture was stirred at -10°C for 15 min and then at room temperature for 2 h. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was dissolved in acetic acid (3 ml), tetrahydrofuran (1 ml) and water (1 ml), and heated at 45-50°C for 12 h. After solvent evaporation the residue was partitioned between saturated NaHC0 3 solution and ethyl acetate, and then extracted into ethyl acetate which was dried over Na 2 S0 4 and evaporated. Chromatography of the residue on silica gel with methanol-chloroform mixtures afforded 32.6 mg (52%) of the desired product as a solid, m.p. 105-110°C.

- -- Anal. Calcd. for C 3 H 53 N 5 0 4 -0.25.H 2 0: C, 68.03; H, 8.98; N, 11.66.

Found: C, 68.01; H, 8.92; N, 11.41.

Example 119 (2S)-2-(Imidazol-4-ylmethyl)-2-(3-isobutyl-(4S)- phenylmethylimidazolidin-2-one-l-yl)acetic Acid Amide of (2'S,l'R,5S)-3-Ethyl-5-(l'-hydroxy- 2'-amino-3'-cyclohexylpropyl)oxazo1idin-2-one. Using the procedure of Example 118 but replacing the resultant amine of Example 2 with the compound from Example 9 which had been deprotected according to the procedure of Example 2 provided the desired product as a solid. Exact Mass Calcd. for C 3 H 51 N 6 0 5 (M+H): 623.3921. Found: 623.3919.

X H NMR (CDC1 3 , TMS) δ 7.66 (s,lH), 7.10-7.40 (m,5H), 6.96 (d.lH), 6.85 (s,lH), 4.55 (m,lH), 2.91 (dd,lH), 0.91 (m,6H), 0.84 (t,3H).

-195-

Example 120 (2S)-2-(Imidazol-4-ylmethyl)-2-((4S)- phenylmethylimidazolidin-2-one-l-yl)acetic Acid Amide of (2S)-Amino-l-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)- dihydroxy-6-methylheptane. Using the procedure of Example 118 with the resultant acid from Example 112 afforded the desired product as a solid, m.p. 117-119°C.

Anal. Calcd. for C 3 oH 45 N 5 0 4 -0.40 H 2 0: C, 65.88; H, 8.44; N, 12.80.

Found: C, 66.22; H, 8.50; N, 12.37.

Example 121 (2S)-2-(Imidazo1-4-ylmethyl)-2-((3R)- phenyl ethyl-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)acetic Acid Amide of (2S)-Amino-l-cyc1ohexy1-3(R),4(S)- dihydroxy-6-methylheptane. Using the procedure of Example 118 with the resultant acid from Example 109 afforded the desired product as a solid, m.p. 92-95°C.

Anal. Calcd. for C 31 H 46 N 4 0 4 : C, 69.12; H, 8.61; N, 10.40.

Found: C, 68.90; H, 8.55; N, 10.14.

Example 122 (2S)-2-(Imidazol-4-y1methyl)-2-((4R)- phenylmethy1-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)acetic Acid Amide of (2S)-Amino-l-cvclohexyl-3(R),4(S)- dihydroxy-6-methy1heptane. Using the procedure of Example 118 with the resultant acid from Example 104 afforded the desired product as a solid, m.p. 83-86°C.

Anal. Calcd. for C 31 H 6 N 4 0 4 -0.5 H 2 0: C, 67.98; H, 8.65; N, 10.23.

Found: C, 68.19; H, 8.54; N, 10.18.

Example 123

3-f3(R)-[3-(tert-Butyloxycarbonyl)-2,2-dimethyl-

4(S)-cyclohexylmethy1-5(R)-oxazolidinyll-

3-hydroxy-2(R)-isopropyl-1-oxopropyl ]-4(R)- methyl-5(S)-phenyl-2-oxazo1idinone.

Prepared from (S)-cyclohexylalaninol in analogy to the procedure of S. Thaisrivongs, D.T. Pals, L.T. Knoll, S.R. Turner, and F.S. Han, J. Med. Chem., 1987, 30, 976-982. l ti NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 0.91 (d,3H), 1.06(d,3H), 1.1 (d,3H), 0.9-1.4 (several bm), 1.48 (2S,9H), 1.5-1.9 (several bm) , 2.12 (bd,lH), 2.3 (m,lH), 3.81 (dd.lH), 3.94 (td,lH), 4.04 (bm,lH), 4.22 (dd,lH), 4.84 (dq,lH), 5.61 (d,lH), 7.31-7.45 (m,5H); 13 C NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 14.72, 19.43, 20.09, 26.02, 26.30, 26.43, 26.49, 26.88, 27.51, 28.48 (3C) , 29.00, 32.51, 34.37, 34.76, 50.78, 54.89, 56.15, 70.63, 78.47, 79.81, 81.64, 94.24, 125.61 (2C), 128.70 (2C), 128.75, 133.31, 151.64, 152.54, 173.40. Mass spectrum: (M+H) + = 587.

Example 124 3-[3(R)-[3-(tert-Butyloxycarbonyl)-2,2-dimethyl-

4(S)-cyclohexylmethy1-5-(R)-oxazo1idinyll-

3-[ ( 1-imidazolyl) thionyloxy 1-2 (R) -i sopropyl -1- oxopropyl 1-4 (R)-methy1-5(S)-phenyl-2-oxazol idi none.

The resultant compound from Example 123 (1.840 g, 3.136 rnrnol) and l.l'-thiocarbonyldiimidazolide (1.128 g, 6.330 mmol) were refluxed in 8 ml dry 1,2-dichloroethane under a nitrogen atmosphere for 24 h. The mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by flash chroma¬ tography on silica gel (2.5% methanol in dichloromethane), affording 1.896 g (87%) of the desired compound. l ti NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 0.93 (d,3H), 1.04 (d,3H), 1.08 (d,3H), 0.9-1.1 (bm), 1.1-1.4 (bm), 1.5 (bs,9H), 1.6-1.9 (several bm), 2.05 (m,lH), 4.13 (bm,lH), 4.23 (dd,lH), 4.81 (dd,lH), 4.94 (dq,lH), 5.70 (d,lH), 6.33 (dd,lH), 7.06 (bs.lH), 7.3-7.5 (m,5H), 7.61 (bs.lH), 8.40 (bs.lH). Mass spectrum: (M+H) + = 697.3629. Calcd. for C 37 H 53 N 4 0 7 S: 697.3635.

Example 125

3-[3-[3-(tert-Butyloxycarbonyl)-2,2-di ethy1-

4(S)-cyclohexylmethyl-5(S)-oxazo1idinyl 1-

2(R)-isopropyl-1-oxopropyl 1-4(R)-methyl-

5(S)-phenyl-2-oxazo1idinone. The resultant product from Example 124 (129 mg, 0.185 mmol) was dissolved in 10 ml dry toluene and added slowly dropwise over 30 min to a refluxing solution of tri- n-butyltin hydride (93 μl, 100 mg, 0.346 mmol) in 15 ml dry toluene under a nitrogen atmosphere. Reflux was continued for an additional 10 h. The resulting solution was cooled, concentrated i_n vacuo, and the residue was triturated with four 10 ml portions of acetonitrile, with gentle warming.

The combined acetonitrile extracts were washed with three 20 ml portions of hexane, then the combined hexane phases were back-extracted with 20 ml of acetonitrile. All acetonitrile phases were combined and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by silica gel chroma¬ tography (hexane-ethyl acetate 9:1) to give 73 mg (69%) of the desired product. l ti NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 0.90 (d,3H), 0.92 (d,3H), 0.9-1.1 (bm,3H), 1.06 (d,3H), 1.15-1.35 (bm,3H), 1.51 (bs,9H), 1.57-2.14 (several bm), 3.84 (m,lH), 3.97 (m,lH), 4.85 (dq.lH), 5.68 (d,lH), 7.3-7.46 (m,5H). Mass spectrum: (M+H) + = 571.

Example 126 2(S)-f [3-(tert-Buty1ox . ycarbony1)-2,2-dimethy1- 4(S)-cyclohexylmεthyl-5(S)-oxazo1idinyH ethyl

3-methylbutanoic acid. The resultant product from Example 125 (842 mg, 1.476 rnrnol) was dissolved in 15 ml tetrahydrofuran and 5 ml water, and treated with a solution of lithium hydroxide manohydrate (125 mg, 2.98 mmol) in 30% aqueous hydrogen peroxide (1.1 ml, 366 mg hydrogen peroxide, 10.77 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred 21 h at ambient tempera¬ ture. The mixture was cooled to 0° and treated with 8.6 ml of 1.5 M aqueous sodium sulfite. After 3 h, the mixture was concentrated iji vacuo, then the aqueous residue was diluted with 35 ml dichloromethane, cooled to 0°, and acidified to pH 2 with 1 M aqueous sodium bisulfate. The crude product was isolated by extraction with four 50 ml portions of dichloromethane, which were combined, washed with 50 ml brine and dried over magnesium sulfate. Concentration and silica gel chromatography of the residue gave 471 mg (77£) of the desired product. 1 H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 0.96 (d,3H), 1.00

(d,3H), 1.1-1.3 (bm,5H), 1.48 (s,9H), 1.5-1.9 (several bm,15H), 2.0 (m.lH), 2.66 (m,lH), 3.7 (bm.lH), 3.90 (m,lH). Mass spectrum: (M+H) + = 412.

Example 127 Butyl 2(S)-f [3-(tert-butyloxycarbon.yl)- 2,2-dimethyl-4(S)-cyc1ohexylmethyl- 5(S)-oxazolidiny1]methyll-3-methylbutanamide. The resultant product from Example 126 (446 mg, 1.085 mmol) was treated with 1-hydroxybenztriazole mono- hydrate (216 mg, 1.41 mmol), 4-methylmorpholine (285 mg, 2.82 mmol) and l-(dimethylamino propyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (301 mg, 1.10 mmol) in 10 ml anhydrous dimethylformamide at -20°, under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction solution was stirred at -20° for 10 min, then allowed to react at 0° for 3 days. To this solution was added n-butylamine (163 mg, 2.22 mmol), and the resulting solution was stirred at 0° for 2 h, then at ambient tempera¬ ture for an additional 22 h. The solution was concentrated* and the residue partitioned between 30 ml sat. aqueous sodium bicarbonate and 50 ml ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was further extracted with three 30 ml portions of ethyl acetate, and the combined organic phases were washed with 50 ml brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by silica gel chromatography {ethyl acetate-hexane 1:4) afforded 483 mg (95%) of the desired product. l ti NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 0.91 (t,3H), 0.93 (d,3H), 0.95 (d,3H), 1.1-1.3 (m,4H), 1.3-1.9 (several m, approximately 21H), 1.49 (s,9H), 2.0 (m,lH), 3.28 (qd,2H), 3.63 (bs-.IH), 3.75 (ddd.lH), 5.63 (bt,lH); 13 C NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 13.71, 20.12,

20.30, 21,06, 26.09, 26.28, 26.60, 27.99, 28.62 (3C) , 30.68, 31.94, 32.81, 34.54, 35.01, 36.21, 39.12, 51.02, 61.21, 79.05, 79.76, 93.80, 152.02, 174.53.

Example 128

Butyl 5(S)-amino-6-cyclohexyl-4(S)-hydroxy-

2(R)-isopropylhexan-amide.

A solution of the resultant compound from Example 127 (520 mg, 1.11 mmol) in 8 ml dry methanol was treated at 0°C with acetyl chloride (0.68 ml, 0.75 g, 9.6 mmol). The resultant solution was allowed to warm slowly to room temperature, and was further stirred for 48 h. The reaction was carefully basified with an excess of solid NaHC0 3 , then the mixture was diluted with 15 ml CH C1 and filtered through a plug of celite, using a total of 100 ml CH 2 C1 2 to wash the solids. The filtrate was rotoevaporated to a cloudy residue, which was then redissolved in 50 ml CH C1 2 and refiltered through celite as above. Evaporation pro¬ duced a yellow oil, which was triturated with hot hexanes to afford 272 mg (75%) of the desired compound as white needles; m.p. 89-90°C; [α] D = -24.6°C (CHC1 3 , C=1.055); l NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 0.94 (m,10H), 1.05-1.80 (several bm,18H), 1.86 (m,lH), 2.08 (ddd.lH), 2.57 (ddd.lH), 3.07 (ddd.lH), 3.22 (m.lH), 3.30 (m,lH), 5.79 (bt,lH); Mass spectrum: (M+H) + = 327.

Anal. Calcd. for CιgH 38 2 0 2 : C, 69.9; H, 11.7; N, 8.6.

Found: C, 69.5; H, 11.5; N, 8.5.

-201-

Example 129 3-(3-Thiazolyl)-2-(3R-benzy1-4-N-morpholin-l-y1-carbony1- 2-keto-piperazin-l-yl)-propionic acid Amide of Butyl 5(S)- amino-6-cyclohexyl-4(S)-hydroxy-2(R)- isopropylhexan-amide. The morpholine group was attached to the piperazine ring by phosgene method and the title " compound was then synthe¬ sized by attaching the amine from Example 128 to the appro¬ priate acid by EDAC coupling method. DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/e, 767 (MH + , 100%), 749 (40%), 694 (25%), and 441 (32%). Anal. (C 41 H 62 0 6 N 6 S.% H 2 0) C,H,N.

l H NMR (300 MHz, CDC1 3 ) δ: 8.71 (d,J=lHz,H), 7.30-7.08 (m,7H), 6.50 (d,J=9Hz,H), 5.89 (t,J=6Hz,H), 5.47 (t,J=8HzH), 4.69 (dd,J=5,9Hz,H), 4.08 (d,J=4Hz,H), 3.88 (m,H), 3.60-3.10 (m,=17H), 3.03 (m,2H), 2.78 (m,2H), 2.02 (m,H), 1.95-1.05 (m,15H) and 0.95-0.80 (m,9H).

Example 130 3-(4-Thiazo1y1)-2-(3R-benzy1-4-N-p-toluene- sulfony1-2-keto-piperazin-l-yl)-propionic acid Amide of Butyl 5(S)-amino-6-cyc1ohexyl-4(S)-hydroxy-2(R)- isopropylhexan-amide. The sulfonamide linkage was formed by adding p-toluene sulfonyl chloride to the corresponding piperazine system in pyridine. The resulting acid was then coupled to the amine from Example 128 by EDAC coupling method. DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/e, 808 (M + , 23%), 790 (33%), and 482 (100%).

Anal. (C 43 H 61 0 6 N 5 S 2 ), C,H,N. l H NMR (300MHz,CDCl 3 )δ: 8.69 (d,J=lHz,H), 7.37 (d,J=8Hz,2H), 7.20 (m,3H), 7.14 (d,J=8Hz,2H), 7.05(m,2H), 6.95 (d,0=lHz,H), 6.41 (d,J=9Hz,H), 5.99 (t,J=6Hz,H), 5.31

, 4.16 (m,H) , 3.83 (m,H) , 3.69 (6d ,J=15H,H) , 3.60-2.90 (m,=10H) , 2.40 (s,3H) , 2.02 (m,H) , 1.90-1.00 (m,=20H) and 1.00-0.80 (m,9H) .

Example 131 3-(3-Thiazolyl)-2-(3R-benz.yl-4-N-p-to1uene- sulfonyl-2-keto-piperazin-l-yl)-propionic acid Amide of 2(S)-amino-l-cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxyl- 6-methy1heptane. The piperazine ring system was synthesized following the procedure described in Example 130 and the acid was then coupled to the amine from Example 3 by EDAC coupling method. DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/e, 725 (MH + , 100%), 707 (10%), and 482 (21%).

Anal. (C 38 H 52 0 6 N 4 S 2 ), C,H,N. l H NMR (300MHz,CDCl 3 )δ: 8.73(d,J=lHz,H), 7.35 (d,ύ=7Hz,2H), 7.20 (m,2H), 7.13 (d,J=7Hz,2H), 7.02 (m,3H), 6.50 (d,J=9Hz,H), 5.20 (6t,J=6Hz,H), 4.45 (m,H), 4.30 (m,H), 4.08 (6S,H), 3.70 (d,J=13Hz,H),.3.55 (m,H), 3.47 (t,J=7Hz,H), 3.25-3.10 (m,4H), 3.00 (m,2H), 2.40 (Δ,3H), 2.28 (6Δ,H), 1.85 (m,H), 1.80-1.00 (m,17H), 0.95 (d,J=7Hz,3H), and 0.85 (d,J=7Hz,3H).

Example 132 2(S)-(3R-Benzyl-4N-tert-butylox.ycarbonyl-2-keto- homopiperazin-l-yl)-hexanoic acid Amide of 2(S)-Amino-l- cyclohexyl-3(R),4(S)-dihydroxy-6-methy1heptane.

Synthesized according to Scheme 4. For this synthesis allyl bromide was replaced with homoallyl bromide. MH + (DCI-NH 3 ) at 644; Anal. (C 37 H 61 0 6 N 3 ), C,H,N.

Example 133

4(S)-t-Butyloxycarbonylamino-5-cyclohexyl- 3(R,S)-hydroxy-1-pentene.

To a stirred -78°C solution of Boc-cyclohexylalanine methyl ester (10.2 g, 35.8 mmol) in dry toluene (60 ml) was added diisobutylaluminum hydride (34 ml of a 1.5 M solution in toluene). After 30 min, vinyl magnesium bromide (108 ml of 1 M solution in tetrahydrofuran (THF)) was added. After stirring for 15 h at 0°C, the mixture was carefully quenched with methanol, treated with Rochelle salts (22 ml of satur¬ ated aqueous solution in 140 ml H 2 0), and filtered. After extracting the solids 5 times with ethyl acetate, the extracts and filtrate were combined and the organic phase was washed with brine, dried, filtered and evaporated to an oil (10.2 g) . Chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexane/ethyl acetate mixtures provided 6.1 g (60%) of the desired product.

Anal. Calcd. for C 16 H g N0 3 * » H 2 0: C, 66.8; H, 10.3; N, 4.9.

Found: C, 66.9; H, 10.2; N, 4.7.

Example 134 3-(t-Butyloxycarbonyl)-4-(cyclohexylmethy )- 2,2-dimethyl-5-vinyloxazolidine. The procedure of S. Thaisrivong (J. Med. Chem. 1987, 3_0, 976) was employed. A solution of 40 g of the resultant compound of Example 133 and 102 g of 2-methoxypropene in 250 ml of dichloromethane was stirred at room temperature. Solid pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate (PPTS) (177 g) was added slowly to the reaction mixture. After addition was com¬ plete, the reaction was stirred for 1 h and neutralized by addition of solid sodium bicarbonate. The solids were filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. Flash chroma-

tography on si lica gel gave 57 g of the desired compound . IR (CDC1 3 ) 1690 (C=0 carbamate) cm -1 ; X H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 5.95 (m.lH) , 5.32 (m,lH) , 5.20 (dt,lH) , 4.27 (dd, lH) , 1.47 (s,9H) .

Anal . Calcd. for C lg H 33 N0 3 : C, 70.55; H, 10.28; N, 4.33.

Found: C, 70.47; H,- 10.27; N, 4.09.

Example 135 3-(t-Butyloxycarbonyl)-4-(cyclohexylmethyl)-2,2- dimethyloxazolidine-5-carboxaldehyde. A solution of 10 g of the resultant compound of Example 134 in 150 ml of 2:1 dichloromethane:methanol was cooled in an dry-ice acetone bath. Ozone was bubbled through the solution until a blue color persisted (1 h). Dry nitrogen was then bubbled through the reaction mixture to remove excess dissolved ozone. The reaction mixture was cannulated into a suspension of 8 g zinc dust, 8 ml glacial acetic acid, 200 ml water, and 200 ml of methanol cooled to -45°C. After 5 min the bath was removed and the mixture allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. 100 ml of saturated sodium chloride was added and the entire reaction mixture extracted with two 300 ml portions of dichloro¬ methane. The combined dichloromethane extracts were decanted, dried (MgS0 4 ), filtered, and evaporated. The crude aldehyde was purified by flash chromatography (1:4) ethyl acetate:hexane to give 9.7 g of the desired compound as a mixture of diastereomers (3:1 trans:cis) as judged by the integrated resonances of the two aldehyde protons. IR

(CDCI3) 1735 (C=0 aldehyde), 1690 (C=0 carbamate) cm "1 ; X H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 9.83 (s.lH.CHO), 9.73 (d,lH,CH0 cis diastereomer), 4.14 (m.lH), 1.46 (s,9H).

Anal. Calcd. for C 18 H 31 N0 4 : C, 66.43; H, 9.60; N, 4.30.

Found: C, 65.27; H, 9.79; N, 4.20.

Equilibration of Aldehyde Isomers. A suspension of 25 g of the above aldehyde in 300 ml of methanol and powdered potassium carbonate (10.7 g) was stirred at room temperature for 6 h. The reaction mixture was cooled in an ice-water bath and treated with 9.3 g of glacial acetic acid for 5 min. A solution of 0.5 M sodium dihydrogen phosphate (300 ml) was added to the mixture. After 30 min, the solution was concentrated to one-half the volume under reduced pressure and extracted with ether (600 ml). The combined ether extracts were dried (MgS0 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The aldehyde was purified by flash chromatography using (1:4) ethyl acetate:hexane to give 19.5 g of the desired compound as an 8:1 mixture of trans:cis diastereomers.

Example 136 (5S,4'S,5 l R)-5-(3-(t-Butyloxycarbonyl)- 4-(cyclohexylmethyl)-2,2-dimethy1oxazolidin-5-y1)- 3-methy1enedihydrofuran-2(4H)-one. A solution of 16.52 g (51 mmol) of the resultant com¬ pound of Example 135 in 15 ml of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran was treated with 3.98 g (61 mmol) of freshly activated zinc dust. With vigorous stirring, the mixture was treated with 10 g (56 mmol) of methyl 2-(bromomethyl)acrylate at a rate which maintained the temperature at 50-60°C. Upon comple¬ tion of the addition, the mixture was stirred at 50°C for

1 h. After being allowed to cool, the mixture was poured into 100 ml of cold 1 M HCl and extracted with dichloro¬ methane (3 X 100 ml). The combined organic layers were washed successively with saturated aqueous NaHC0 3 and H 2 0, dried over Na 2 S0 4 , and concentrated. Silica gel chromatog¬ raphy using 9:1 hexane:ethyl acetate provided 10.83 g (61%) of the desired compound. *H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 0.8-2.0 (br envelope), 1.49 (s,9H), 1.54 (s,3H), 1.57 (s,3H), 2.93 (ddt,J=18,6,3Hz,lH), 3.05 (m,lH), 3.70 (m,lH), 4.07 (m,lH), 4.47 (ddd,J=13,9,6Hz,lH), 5.70 (br t,J=3Hz,lH), 6.28 (t,J=3Hz,lH). Mass spectrum: (M+H) + = 394. --- " Anal. Calcd. for C 22 H 35 N0 5 : C, 67.15; H, 8.96; N, 3.56. Found: C, 67.66; H, 9.11; N, 3.60.

Example 137 (3S,5S,4'S,5'R)-5-(3-(t-Butyloxycarbonyl)- 4-(cyclohexylmethyl)-2,2-dimethyloxazolidin-5-yl)- 3-methyldihydrofuran-2(3H)-one. A mixture of 8.03 g (20 mmol) of the resultant compound of Example 136 and 0.81 g of 10% palladium on carbon in 200 ml of ethyl acetate was shaken under 4 atmospheres of H . After filtration, concentration of the filtrate gave 7.58 g (94%) of the desired compound, *H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 0.8-2.0 (br envelope), 1.31 (s,3H), 1.48 (s,9H), 1.54 (s,3H), 1.58 (S,3H), 2.57 (m,lH), 2.68 (m,lH), 3.74 (m,lH), 4.04 (m,lH), 4.31 (ddd,J=13,9,6Hz,lH). Mass spectrum: (M+H) + = ' 396.

Exa ple 138 3-(t-Butyloxycarbonyl)-4-(cyclohexylmethyl)-5- (l,4-dihydroxy-3-methylbutyl)-2,2-dimethyloxazolidine. A mixture of 0.50 g (1.26 mmol) of the resultant com¬ pound of Example 137 and 0.15 g (4 mmol) of sodium boro¬ hydride in 50 ml of tetrahydrofuran was heated at reflux under N 2 atmosphere for 48 h. After being allowed to cool, ■ the mixture was treated cautiously with aqueous NH 4 C1, extracted with ether, washed with saturated brine, dried over MgS0 4 , and concentrated iji vacuo. Silica gel chroma¬ tography using 2:1 chloroform/ethyl acetate gave 0.37 g (73%) of the desired compound. X H NMR (CDC1 3 ) & 0.7-2.0 (br envelope), 0.94 (d,J=7Hz,3H) , 1.49 (s,9H), 1.52 (s,3H), 1.55 (s,3H), 3.43 (dd,J=ll,8Hz,lH) , 3.55-3.7 (m,3H), 4.09 (br d.lH). Mass spectrum: (M+H) + = 400.

Example 139 3-(t-Butyloxycarbonyl)-4-(cyclohexylmethyl)- 2,2-dimethyl-5-(4-methyltetrahydrofuran- 2-yl)oxazo1idine. A solution of 51 mg (0.13 mmol) of the resultant compound of Example 138 and 0.037 ml (0.27 mmol) of triethylamine in 2 ml of dichloromethane was cooled to 0°C under N atmosphere and treated with 0.012 o (0.15 mmol) of methanesulfonyl chloride. After 1 h, the solution was diluted with dichloromethane, washed successively with 10% citric acid, water and saturated aqueous NaHC0 , dried over Na 2 S0 4 , and concentrated vn vacuo. The crude mesylate thus produced (59 mg) was taken up in 8 ml of dry detrahydro furan, treated with 20 mg (0.50 mmol) of sodium hydride (60% dispersion in oil), and heated at reflux for 2 h. After being allowed to cool, the solution was treated cautiously

with saturated aqueous NH 4 C1, extracted with ether, dried over MgS0 4 and concentrated. Silica gel chromatography using 9:1 hexane/ethyl acetate gave 30 mg (75%) of the desired compound. 1 H NMR (CDC1 3 ) δ 0.7-2.4 (br envelope), 1.06 (d,J=7Hz,3H),1.48 (s,9H),1.52 (s,3H), 1.56 (s,3H),3.30 (t,J=9Hz,lH), 3.66 (m.lH), 3.9-4.0 (m,3H). Mass spectrum: (M+H) + = 382.

The amine hydrochloride was obtained by treating the resultant compound with HCl-dioxane at 0°C for 3 h.

Example 140 3-(S-Thiazo1.yl)-2-(3R-benzyl-4-N-p-toluene- sulfonyl-2-keto-piperazin-l-yl)-propionic acid Amide of 2(S)-(2(S)-Amino-3-cyc1ohexyl-l(R)- hydroxy)propyl-4(S)-methyltetrahydrofuran. The piperazine ring system was synthesized following the procedure described in Example 130 and the acid was then coupled to the amine from Example 139 by EDAC coupling method. DCI-NH 3 -MS, m/c. 723 (MH + , 100%), 705 (42%) and 482 (31%); X H NMR (CDC1 3 ,300 MHz) δ:7.40 (d,2H,J=9Hz), 7.30- 7.05 (m,8H), 6.95 (d,lH,J=lHz) , 6.43 (d,lH,G=9Hz), 5.36(t,lH,J=7Hz), 4.50(dd,lH,0=5,6Hz), 4.02 (m,lH), 3.88 (t,2H,J=7Hz), 3.78-2.90 (m,=8H), 2.40 (s,3H), 2.25 (m,H), 1.90 (m,H), 1.80 (d,H,J=12Hz), 1.70-0.80 (m,16H) and 1.03 (d,3H,J=6H).

Example 141

3- .3-Thiazolγl. -2- (3R-benzγl-4-N- (N-methvlpiperazvl) - sulfonyl-2-k to-piperr_7.in-l-y " n-propionic acid Amide of

Butyl 5 (S)-aπύno-6-cyclp]r.exyl-4 (S)-hydrpχy-2 (R)- isppropylhexan-amide.

This compound was synthesized following the same procedure as described in Scheme 4. A minor change was made (see Scheme 10) at the allylamine stage £fi. The intermediate £fi was sulfonated with N-methylpiperazyl sulfonyl chloride (J. Med. Chem. IS, 538, 1972) to give £2. in moderate yield (40-65%) . The acid obtained following the hydrolysis of 70 with LiOH was coupled under standard EDAC condition to give the final product 71. DCI-NH3-MS, m/e. 816 (MH + , 60%), 798 (10%), 750 (3%) and 327 (100%); iH NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ:8.75 (d,J=2Hz,H), 7.35-7.20

(m,5H), 7.12 (d,J=2Hz,H), 6.58 (d,J=9Hz,H), 6.01 (t,J=5Hz,H), 5.18 (6m,H), 4.26 (dd, J=9. Hz) , 4.06 (m,H), 3.90-3.00 (m) , 3.00-2.70 (m) , 2.20 (s,3H), 2.20- 1.05 (m) and 0.90 (m, 9H) ; Anal. (C44H65N7O6S2) C,H,N.

Example 142 3-(3 -tert-bυtyloxycarbpnyl-2-iπ.idazplyl)-2-(3R-benzyl-4-

N- (N-methylpiperazyl)-sulfonyl-2-keto-piperazin-l-yl) - propionic acid Amide of (2'S.1'R.5S)-3-E hyl-5-(1 '- hydroxy-2 '-amino-3 '-cyclohexylpropyl)oxazolidin-2-on . This analog was synthesized following the procedure as described in Scheme 12 and the experimental conditions were similar to that of in Example 141. DCI-NH3-MS, m/e. 843 (MH+, 100%), 743 (99%) and 460 (26%) .

Example 143

3- (2-imidazolyl) -7- .3R-b ri .yl-4-N-(N-methvlpiperazvl) - sulfonγ]- -kfito-pipera7.in-1-yl. -propionic acid Amide of

■.?'R.l'R_5S)-3-Ethγl-5- .1 '-hydroxv-2'-amino- '-cvclohβxylpropvl) oxazolidin- -one. The analog from Example 142 was deprotected with HC1- dioxane and the dihydrochloride was crystallized from EtOAc-EtOH; DCI-NH3-MS, m/e. 743 (MH + , 100%) , 725 (65%) , 699 (25%); Anal. (C36H54N807S-2 HCl H 2 0) C,H,N.

Example 144

3-(3N-ter -bul-yloxyr_arbonγ -2-iττ.ida7.olγl ) -2- ■3R-bβnzvl-4N- (N-methylpiperazyl) -sulfonyl-2-keto-piperazin-l-yl)- propionic acid Amide of 2.S.-Αττ.ino-l-πyolohexγl- fR..4.S.- dihydroxy-6-methylheptane. This compound was made following the same procedure as described in Scheme 12. The acid derived from the hydrogenation of 72 was coupled to amine from Example 2. DCI-NH3-MS, m/e. 816 (MH + , 82%), 716 (83%) and 505

(100%); Anal. (C 1H65N7O8 SΗ2O) C,H,N.

Example 145

3- .2-imidazolyl . -2- . R-ben7.γl -4N- -me hvloiperazvl) - sulfonyl-2-keto-pipera?. in-l-yl ) -propionic acid Amide of

2 (S ) -Amino-1 -cyclohexyl- (R) . 4 (S ) -dihvdroxv-6- me hy lhep ane .

The compound in Example 144 was deprotected with HC1- dioxane and the product was finally crystallized from

EtOAc-Hexane-EtOH: FAB-MS, m/e. 716 (MH+, 100%), 307

(58%) and 289 (40%) ; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, free base CDCI3) δ:7.60 (s,H), 7.40-7.20 (m, 5H) , 6.93 (d,J=9Hz,H), 6.88

(s,H), 5.28 (m,H), 4.40 (m,2H), 3.82 (m,H), 3.70-2.70 ( ) , 2.20 (s,3H), 2.30-1.10 (m) , 0.95 (d,J=7Hz, 3H) and 0.82 (d,J=7Hz, 3H) .

Example 146

3- .3N-tert-butvloxγcarbonyl-2-imidazolγl. -2- .3R-benzvl-4N-

(N-methylpiperazyl) -sulfonyl-

2-keto-piperazin-l-yl) -propionic acid Amide of 2.f.. - (2.s. -Ατπino-3-rγrloh xyl-l .R. hvdroxv.propv_l-4 (S) -methyltetrahydrofuran. This compound was made following a procedure described in Example 144. The acid derived from the hydrogenation of 72 was coupled to the amine from Example 139 to get the final product. FAB-MS, m/e. 814 (MH + ,82%), and 714 (100%); Anal. (C41H63N7O8 0.5 H2O) C,H,N.

Exampl e 147

3- (2-imidazol yl . -7- (3R-benzγl-4-N- (N-methylpiperazyl ) - sυlfonyl-2-KetQ- piperazi -l-yl . -propionic acid Amide of 2(S)-2(S)- Amino-3-cyo.l hexγl-l (R. -hvdroxv) propy - (S) -methyltetrahydrofuran. The compound in Example 146 was deprotected with HC1- dioxane and then crystallized from EtOAc-hexane-EtOH DCI- NH3-MS, m/e. 714 (MH + > 20%), 696 (17%), 643 (100%) and 625 (95%); ^ NMR (300 MHz, free base, CDCI3) δ:7.60

(6s,H) , 7.35-7.20 (m,5H), 6.90 (6s,H), 6.65 (d,J=9Hz,H), 5.20 (m,H), 4.90 (6s), 4.38 (dd,J=4.9Hz,H) , 3.90 (t,J=7Hz,H), 3.80-2.70 (m) , 2.21 (s,3H), 2.30-0.80 (m) , and 1.04 (d,J=7Hz,3H) .

Example 148

(2S)-Methyl-( (3S. -( (Benzyloxycarbonyl . aττnno-3-phenγ1me hγl-2-oxo-l-piperidinγl . - 3-(4-thiazolyl)propionate. Following the procedure described in Example 102, the resultant compound from Example 80 (1 g, 2.2 mmol) was reductively aminated with the bis hydrochloride salt of (L) -(4-thiazolyl)alanine (620 mg, 2.4 mmol) . Following the procedure described in Example 83, the resulting aminoester was treated with anhydrous sodium acetate (1.8 g, 22 mmol) and glacial acetic acid (5 drops) in dry MeOH (30 mL) . After heating for

72 hr at 110°C, the reaction was treated as in Example 83 to afford a yellow foam. Flash chromatography with ethyl acetate/hexane mixtures provided the title compound as a

light yellow semi-solid (660 mg, 59%). MS (FAB) : 508 (M+H) + .

Example 149

(2S)-Methyl-( (3S. -( (ami o-3-phenylmethvl-2-oxo-l- piperid-inyl. -3-(4-thiazolvl. ropionate.

The resultant compound from Example 148 (2.5 g, 4.9 mmol) was dissolved in glacial acetic acid (10 ml) and then treated with HBr/HOAc (10 ml) . After stirring for 45 min, the orange solution was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in 50 ml H2O and washed with CCI4

(4X) . Solid NaHC03 was added to the aqueous layer to bring the pH to 9 and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2 (2X) and ethyl acetate (2X) . The combined organic extracts were dried (Na2Sθ ) and concentrated in vacuo to afford a yellow oil (1.8 g) . MS(DCI): 374 (M+H)A

Example 150

(2?)-Methyl-( (3S)-((N-methylpiperazinsυlfpnyl) amino-3-phenylmethγl-2-oxo-l-piperidinvl) -3-

(4-thiazQlyl) ropionate. The resultant compound from Example 149 (250 mg, 0.67 mmol) was dissolved in 5 ml dry dimethylformamide. To this solution was added N-methylmorpholine (407 mg, 4 mmol), N,N-dimethylaminopyridine (42 mg, 0.34 mmol) and N- methylpiperidinesulfamoyl chloride (470 mg, 2 mmol) . After stirring for 18 hr, the solution was diluted with ethyl acetate (150 ml) and washed with saturated brine (3X) , dried (Na2S04) and concentrated in yacuo to afford a yellow oil. Flash chromatography with methanol/chloroform

mixtures provided the title compound as a colorless foam (180 mg, 50%) . MS (Cl) : 536 (M+H) +.

Example 151 (2S) - ( (3£> - ( (N-methylpiperazinsulfonvl) -amino—3- phenv methvl-2-oxo-1-piperidinyl )-3- (4-thiazolvl) propionic ar.id amide of (2S.3R.4S) -2-amino-l-r,vclohexγl-

3,4-dihydroxy-6-m thylhep ane. The resultant compound from Example 150 (500 mg, 0.93 mmol) was dissolved in dioxane (9 ml) and cooled to 0°C under a N2 atmosphere. A solution of LiOH (98 mg, 2.3 mmol) in water (3 ml) was added dropwise and the solution was stirred for 15 min at 0°C and at 1 hr at 25°C. The reaction was neutralized with HCl/dioxane (500 μl, 2.3 mmol) and the solution was concentrated n vacuo and dried overnight on the Hi-vac. The resultant colorless acid, the resultant compound of Example 2 (226 mg, 0.93 mmol), HOBT (377 mg, 2.8 mmol), and N- methylmorpholine (104 mg, 1.02 mmol) were dissolved in dry DMF and cooled to -23°C. To this solution was added EDAC (178 mg, 0.93 mmol) in one portion. The reaction was stirred for 3 h at -23°C, warmed to 25°C, and stirred overnight. The reaction was poured into saturated aqueous NaHC03 (50 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (4X) . The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl (2X) dried over a2Sθ4 and concentrated in vacuo to afford a yellow oil. Flash chromatography with methanol/methylene chloride mixtures afforded the product as a colorless powder (110 mg, 16%) . Mp 93-97°C. MS(DCI) : 747 (M+H)A MS(Hi-Res) : Calcd. Mass for C37H59 6θ6S2= 47.3937

Measured Mass=747.3929.

Example 152

(2S) - ( (3. ) - f (N-methylpiperazinsulfonvl) ami.no-3-phenylmethyl-2-oxo-l-piperidinvl)-3-

(4-th.i zo yl)prop onic acid amide of (2S.4S.1 'R.2 'S) -2-

(2 '-amino- '-cyclohexyl-1 '-hydroxypropyl) -4- m thylt trahydrofuran. Following the procedure described in Example 151, the resultant compound from Example 150 (611 mg, 1.14 mmol), LiOH (144 mg, 3.42 mmol), dioxane (9 ml), and H2O (3 ml) were mixed at 0°C and then stirred at 25°C for 1 hr. Following neutralization with HCl/dioxane, the solution was concentrated in vacuo and dried on Hi-vac. The resultant colorless acid, the amine from Example 139 (275 mg, 1.14 mmol), HOBT (462 mg, 3.42 mmol), and N- methylmorpholine (115 mg, 1.14 mmol) were dissolved in dry DMF and cooled to -23∞C. Following the addition of EDAC (218 mg, 1.14 mmol), the reaction was treated as in Example 151. Extracive workup afforded a yellow foam. Flash chromatography with methanol/methylene chloride mixtures produced the title compound as a colorless powder (115 mg, 14%) . Mp=85-89°C, MS(DCI) : 746(M+H) + .

Example 153 (2S. -Methvl-( (3S. -amino-3-phenylττ.e hγl-2-oxo-l- piperidinyl) -3-(4-imidazolyl. propionate. The resultant lactam from Example 82 (640 mg, 1.3 mmol) and 10% palladium on carbon in glacial acetic acid were stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere for 12 hrs .

Filtration and solvent evaporation afforded a colorless oil which was dissolved in H2O (25 ml) and made basic with saturated NaHCθ3 solution. The aqueous layer was extracted with methylene chloride (5X) and the combined organic extracts were dried (Na2S04) and concentrated in vacuo to afford a colorless foam (390 mg, 84%) . MS(DCI): 357 (M+H) + .

Example 154

(?S. -Methvl -7-( -methylbenzenes lfonyl ) -1-imidazol-4-yl methyl)-3-(3S)-( (4-methyl-benzenesulfonyAamino. -3- pheny!.methyl-?-oxo-1-p peridinyl . acetate. The resultant amine from Example 153 (180 mg, 0.5 mmol), p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (280 mg, 1.26 mmol), N,N-dimethylamino-pyridine(15 mg 0.126 mmol), and N- methylmorpholine (141 mg, 1.4 mmol) in methylene chloride were refluxed for 6 hr. The solution was cooled and diluted with ethyl acetate and then washed with saturated aqueous brine (2X) , dried ( a2S04) and concentrated in vacuo to afford a yellow oil. Flash chromatography with methanol/chloroform mixtures produced the title product as a colorless foam (290 mg, 86%) . MS (DCI): 665(M+H) + .

Example 155

(?S)-2-( (1-ter -Butyloxycarbonyl)-l-imidazol-4- yl methyl)-3-( (3S. -(4-methvl-benzenesulfonγl)amino)-3- phenylmethvl-2-oxo-l-pjperdinvl . cetic acid.

The resultant ditosylate from Example 154 was dissolved in dioxane (4 ml) and cooled to 0°C. A solution of LiOH (28 mg, 0.68 mmol) in H2O (2 ml) was added and the

solution was warmed to 25°C and stirred an additional 2 h. The solution was cooled to 0°C and a solution of ditertbutyldicarbonate (44 mg, 0.202 mmol) in dioxane (1 ml) was added. The cooling bath was removed and the solution stirred for 4 hr at 25°C. The solution was diluted .with H20 (25 ml) and extracted with ether (2X) after which it was acidified and extracted with methylene chloride (5X) . The combined organic extracts were dried (Na2Sθ4) and concentrated in vacuo to afford a colorless powder (61 mg, 76%) . MS (DCI) : 497(M-C5H902) + .

Exampl 156 (2S. -2-(1-im.idazol-4-yl methyl) -3- ( (3S. - (4-methvl benzenesulfonyl . amino) -3-phenylmethyl-2-oxo-l- piperdinyl)amide of (25, R,4f?)-2-amino-l-cyclohexyl-3,4- dihydrp χ y-6'-methylheptane• The resultant acid from Example 155 (80 mg, 0.134 mmol), the resultant compound from Example 2 (33 mg, 0.134 mmol), HOBT (55 mg, 0.422 mmol), and N-methylmorpholine (15 mg, 0.15 mmol) were dissolved in dry DMF and cooled to -23°C. To this solution was added EDAC (26 mg, 0.134 mmol) in one portion. The reaction was treated as in Examples 86 and 87 to provide the' imidazole protected product which was dissolved in THF (2 ml) . Acetic acid (6 ml) and water (2 ml) were added and the reaction was stirred for 3 h at 50°C. The cooled reaction was worked up to provide the crude product as a colorless foam. Flash chromatography with methanol/methylene chloride mixtures provided the title compound as a colorless powder (35 mg, 36%) . Mp=125-132°C MS (FAB) : 722 (M+H) A

MS(Hi-Res) : Calcd. Mass for C39H55N5θ6S=722.3951 Measured Mass=722.3958

Example 157

3-(3-Thiaz lyl ) -7-(3R-benzyl-4-N-(N-methylpiperazyl) - sulfonγl-2-keto-piperazine- -y3^ -propionic acid Amide of 5-

Amino-6-cγclohexγl-4-hydroxy-l-isopropylsulfonvl-

2-methylhexane, The acid from the hydrolysis of 20. (Scheme 12) is coupled to 5-Amino-6-cyclohexyl-4-hydroxy-l- isopropylsulfonyl-2-methylhexane (Tet. Lett. 2SL, 2653, 1989) to obtain the title compound.

Example 158 3- (3-Thi azolyl . -2- (3R-benzy1-4-N- (N-methylpiperazyl) - sulfony - -keto-piperazin-l-yl) -propionic acid Amide of Isopropyl 3-ami.no-4-πvr.lohexyl-2-hydroxvbutγrat . The acid from Example 157 is coupled to isopropyl 3-amino-4- cyclohexyl-2-hydroxybutyrate (Japanese Patent Application No. J63275552, published November 14, 1988) to obtain the title compound.

Example 159 3-(3-Thiazolyl) -2-(3R-benzyl-4-N-(N-methylpiperazyl. - sulfonyl-2-keto-piperazine-l-yl)-propionic acid Amide of

ACHP amide of 2-morphol no-ethyl amine. The acid from Example 157 is coupled to ACHPA amide of 2-morρholino-ethyl amine (Japanese Patent No. J62246-546, published October 27, 1987; European Patent Application No. EP 0274259, published July 13, 1988) to obtain the title compound.

Exa ple 160

3-(3-Thiazolyl)-2-(3R-benzyl-4-N-(N-methylpiperazvl)- sulfonyl-2-keto-piperazine-l-yl. -propionic acid Amide of 6- Amino 7-cyclohexyl-5-hydroxy-3-isopropvl-1-heptane. The acid from Example 157 is coupled to 6-Amino 7- cyclohexyl-5-hydroxy-3-isopropyl-l-heptane (European Patent Application No, EP 0310918, published April 12, 1989) to obtain the title compound.

Example 161

3-(3-Thiazolyl. -2-(3R-benzyl-4-N-(N-methylpiperazyl)- sulfonyl-2-keto-piperazin-1-yl )-propionic acid Amide of 5-

Amino-6-cvclohexγl-4-hydroxy-2-isopropylhexanovl-L-isole ucvl-

2-pyridylmethylamin . The acid from Example 157 is coupled to 5-Amino-6- cyclohexyl-4-hydroxy-2-isopropylhexanoyl-L-isoleucyl-2- pyridylmethylamine (J. Med. Chem., 23., 2080, 1986) to obtain the title compound.

Example 162

3- (3-Thiazolγl . -2- ( 3R-benzγ1 -4 -N- (N-methylpiperazyl . - sulfonγl-2-keto-piperazine-l-γ] ) -propionic acid amide of _=,-

Ami.no-6-isopropγl-4-hγdroxy-2-isopropylhexanoy] -L-i solencγT-

2-pyridylmethylamin .

The acid from Example 157 is coupled to 5-Amino-6- isopropyl-4-hydroxy-2-isopropylhexanoyl-L-isoleucyl-2- pyridylmethylamine (U.S. 4,705,846, issued November 10, 1987; J. Med. Chem. 21, 2088, 1986) to obtain the title compound.

Exa ple 163

3-(3-Thia7.olyl.-2-(3R-ben7.y1-4-N-(N-methvlpi.perazvl)- sulfonvl-2-keto-piperazin-l-yA -propionic acid Amide of 4-

Amino-2.2-di f1uoro-3-hydroxy-f.-methylheptanovl-L-i.soleucvl-2- pyridylmethyl mine. The acid from the hydrolysis of 1& (Scheme 12) is coupled to 4-Amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-6-methylheptanoyl- L-isoleucyl-2-pyridylmethylamine (J. Med. Chem., 22., 2080, 1986) to obtain the desired compound.

Example 164 3- (3-Thiazolγl) -2- (3R-benzyl-4-N-(N-methylpiperazyl) - sulfonvl-2-keto-piperazin-l-yl ) -propionic acid Amide of ACHPA-difluorostatine amide of (2-methyl-propyl) - amine.

The acid from Example 157 is coupled to ACHPA- difluorostatine amide of (2-methyl-propyl) -amine (J. Med. Chem., 23., 2080, 1986) to obtain the desired analog.

Example 65

3-(3-Thiazolyl)-2-(3R-benzyl-4- -(N-methylpiperazyl)- sulfonyl-?-keto-piperazin-l-γl) -prop onic acid Amide of 3- Amino—4-cγclohexγl- -hyriroxy-1-isopropyl ul onyl utane. The acid synthesized in Example 157 is coupled to 3- Amino-4-cyclohexyl-2-hydroxy-l-isopropylsulfonylbutane (U.S. 4,826,815, issued May 2, 1989) to obtain the title compound.

xa ple 166

3- (3-Thiazolyl) -2- (3R-ben7.γl-4-N- (N-methvlpiperazvl) - sulfonyl-2-keto-pi.perazi.n-1 -yl .-propionic acid Amide of

(4S.5S)-N-lsob..ty1-4-hydroxy-5-amino-6-cγclohexvl-hex-l -ene-

2-carboxamide. The acid from Example 157 is coupled to (4S,5S)-N- Isobutyl-4-hydroxy-5-amino-6-cyclohexyl-hex-l-ene-2- carboxamide (J. Org. Chem., 51, 3921, 1986) to obtain the desired product.

Example 167

3- (3-Thiazolyl. -2- (3R-ben7.vl-4-N- (N-methvlpiperazvl) - sulfonγl-2-keto-piperazine-l-yl . -propionic acid Amide of

(4S.5R) -5-Amino-4-hydroxγ-7-methyl-2E-octenoic acid isobutylamide. The acid from Example 157 is coupled to (4S, 5S) -5-Amino- 4-hydroxy-7-methyl-2E-octenoic acid isobutylamide (European Patent Application No. EP 0272583, published June 19, 1988) to obtain the desired title compound.

Example 168 3-(3-Thiazolyl)-2-(3R-benzyl-4-N-(N-methylpiperazyl)- sulfonyl-2-keto-piperazin-l-yl) -propionic acid Amide of (1R.3S.4S) -4-Aττπno-5-cγclohexγl-3-hγdroxv-l-isopropyl-pentane sulfonic acid morpholino amide. The acid from Example 157 is coupled to (IR, 3S, 4S) -4- Amino-5-cyclohexyl-3-hydroxy-l-isoproρyl-pentane sulfonic acid morpholino amide (European Patent Application No. EP 0309841, published April 5, 1989) to obtain the title compound.

F.xa ple 169 (2S. -( (3S)-( (N-methylpiperazinsul onyl) - amino-3-phenylmethyl-2-oxo-l-piperidinvl) - 3-(4-thiazolyl . propionic acid amide of 5-Amino-6-Cvclohexvl-4-hvdroxv- l-isopropylfulfonγl-2-methylhexane. Following the procedure described in Example 152, the acid obtained in Example 152 is coupled to 5-Amino-6- Cyclohexyl-4-hydroxy^l-isoproρylfulfonyl-2-methylhexane (Tetrahedron Letters, 1989, 20., 2653) to afford the title compound.

Example 170 (2R. -( (3S) - ( (N-methvlpiperazinsulfonyl) - amino-3-phenyI ethy1-2-oxo ^ l-piperidiny1) - 3-(4-thiazolγl) propionic acid amide of Isopropyl 3-Amino-4-Cyclohexyl 2-hydroxybutyrate. Following the procedure described in Example 152, the acid from Example 152 is coupled to isopropyl 3-amino-4- cyclohexyl-2-hydroxybutyrate (Japanese Patent Application No. J63275552, published November 14, 1988) to afford the title compound.

Example 171 (?S) - ( (3S) -( (N-methylpipera insulfonyA - " amino-3-phenvlmethyl-2-oxo-1-piperidinvl . - 3-(4-thia7.olγl) propionic acid amide of ACHPA amide of 2- morpholinoethyl amine. Following the procedure described in Example 152, the acid obtained in Example 152 is coupled to ACHPA amide of 2- morpholinoethyl amine (Japanese Patent Application No.

J62246546, published October 27, 1987; European Patent Application No. EP027425, published July 13, 1988) to afford the title compound.

Example 172 (2S) -( (3S. - ( (N-methylpiperazinsulfonvl) - amino-3-pheny1methy -2-oxo-l-pjperidinvl) -

3-(4-thiazolyl) propionic acid amide of 6-Amino-7-Cyclohexyl- 5-Hydroxy-3-Isopropyl-l-hePtene.

Following the procedure described in Example 152, the acid from 152 is coupled to 6-Amino-7-Cyclohexyl-5-Hydroxy-3- Isopropyl-1-heptene (European Patent Application No. EP0310918, published April 12, 1989) to afford the title compound.

Example 173

(2S) - ( (3S. - ( (N-methγlpiperazinsulfonvl) - amino-3-phenylmethyl-2-oxo-l-piperidinyl)-

3- (4-thiazolyl) propionic acid amide of 5-Amino- ' o-cyclohexy1 -

4-hydrpχy-2-if?ppropylhexanpyl-L-ispleucyl-2- pyridylmethylamin . Following the procedure described in Example 152, the acid btained in Example 152 is coupled to 5-Amino-6- cyclohexyl-4-hydroxy-Z-isopropylhexanoyl-L-isoleucyl-2- pyridylmethylamine (J. Med. Chem., 1986, 23., 2080) to afford the title compound.

Example 174 (2R) - ( (3S) - ( (N-methylpiperazinsulfonvl) - amino-3-pheny1methyl -2-OXQ-1-Piperidinvl) - 3-(4-thiazolγ1 ) propionic acid amide of 5-Amino-6-isopropvl- 4-hvdroxv-2-Isopropγlhexanoyl-I,-isol ucvl-2- py idy1methylamine. Following the procedure described in Example 152, the acid obtained in Example 152 is coupled to 5-Amino-6- Isoproρylhexanoyl-L-isoleucyl-2-pyridylmethylamine (U.S. 4,705,846, issued November 10, 1987; J. Med. Chem., 1986, 23., 2088) to afford the title compound.

Example 175 (2S) -( (3S) - ( (N-methylpiperazinsulfonvl) - amino-3-phenylmethyl-2-oxo-l-piperidinyl) - 3-(4-thiazolvl) propionic acid amide of 4-Amino-2,2-difluoro- 3-hvdroxy-6-methv1heP anoy1-L-isoleucγl-2-pyridy1methylamine. Following the procedure described in Example 152, the acid obtained in Example 152 is coupled to 4-Aιnino-2, 2- difluoro-3- ydro y-6-met ylheptanoyl-L-isoleucyl-2- pyridylmethyl-amine (J. Med. Chem., 1986, 23., 2080) to afford the title compound.

Exa ple 176

(?S) - ( (3S) - ( (N-methylp perazinsulfonv ) - amino-3-phenylmethvl-2-oxo-l-piperidinγl)-

3-(4-thiazolv] ) propionic acid amide of ACHPA-d luorostatine amide of 2-methylbutγ.lamine. Following the procedure described in Example 152, the acid obtained in Example 152 is coupled to ACHPA-difluorostatine amide of 2-methylbutylamine (J. Med. Chem., 1986, 23., 2080) to afford the title compound.

Example 177

(2S)-( (3S)-( (N-methylpiperazinsulfonvl)- amino-3-phenylmethyl-2-oxQ-l-piperidinyl)-

3- (4-thiazolyl ) propionic acid amide of 3-Amino-4-cvclohexvl- 2-hydroxy-1-isopropyl sulfonylbntan . Following the procedure described in Example 152, the acid obtained in Example 152 is coupled to 3-Amino-4- cyclohexyl-2-hydroxy-l-isopropylsulfonylbutane (U.S. 4,826,815, issued May 2, 1989) to afford the title compound.

Example 1 8

(2S) - ( (3S) - ( (N-methylpiperazinsulfonyl) - amino-3-phenylmethyl-2-Qxo-l-piperidinyl) -

3-(4-thi.azolγ1 ) propionic acid amide of (4S.5R) -N-Isobutγ -4- hydroxy-5-amino-6-cγclohexyl-hex-l- ene-2-carboxamide. Following the procedure described in Example 152, the acid obtained in Example 152 is coupled to (4S,5S)-N- Isobutyl-4-hydroxy-5-amino-6-cyclohexyl-hex-l- ene-2-carboxamide (J. Org. Chem., 1986, i, 3921) to afford the title compound.

F.xample 179 (2S) - ( (3S) -( (N-methylpiperazin.ςnl fonvl ) - amino-3-phenylmethyl-2-oxo-l-piperidinyl) - 3-(4-thia7.o1yl) propionic acid amide of (4S.5S) -5-Amino-4- hydroxy-7-methyl-2E-octenoic acid isobutylamide. Following the procedure described in Example 152, the acid obtained in Example 152 is coupled to (4S,5S)-5- Amino-4-hydroxy-7-methyl-2E-octenoic acid isobutylamide (European Patent Application No. EP 0272583, published June 19, 1988) to afford the title compound.

Example 180

(2S) -( (3S) -( (N-methylp erazinsul fony ) - amino-3-phenylmethyl-2-oxo-l-piperidiny1 ) -

3- (4-th zolyl) propionic acid amide of (IR.3S.4S) -4-Aτnino- - oyol ohexyl -3-hydroxy-l-i sopropylpentanesul onic acid morpholinoamide. Following the procedure described in Example 152, the acid obtained in Example 152 is coupled to (IR, 3S, 4S) -4- Amino-5-cyclohexyl-3-hydroxy-l-isopropylpentanesulfonic acid morpholinoamide (European Patent Application No. EP 0309841, published April 5, 1989) to obtain the title compound.

Example 181

(2 ) -Methyl- ( (3S) -( (N-methvl -N-methyl¬ piperazinsulfonyl ) amino-3-phenvlmethvl-2-oxo-l-piperidinyl ) -

3-(4-thiazolyl)propionate. The resultant compound from Example 150 is mixed with aqueous formaldehyde, and sodium cyanoborohydride in

acetonitrile and stirred until the reaction is complete. Normal workup affords the title compound.

Example 182

(2S) -( (3S) -( (N-methyl-N-methylpiperazin-sulfonvl) amino-3- phenylmethyl-2-oxo-l-piperidinyl)-3-(4-thiazolvl)propionic acid amide of (2S r A'R.2'S)-2-(2'-amino- '-cvclohexvl-1'- hydroxypropyl)-4-methyltetrahydrofuran. Following the procedure described in Example 151, the resultant compound from Example 181 is hydrolyzed to the free acid and coupled to the amine from Example 139 to afford the title compound.

Example 183

(2S)-( (3S)-( (N-methyl-N-methvl-piperazinsalfonvl) mino-3- phenyl.methy1-2-oxo-l-piperidinyl)-3- (4-thiazolyl)propionate amide of (2S,3R,4S) -2-amino-l-cyclohexyl-3. -dihydroxy-6- met yl eptan . Following the procedure described in Example 151, the resultant compound from Example 181 is hydrolyzed and coupled to the resultant compound of Example 2 to afford the title compound.

Example 184 An improved synthesis of (2S) -Methyl-( (3S)- '

( (Benzvl oxycarbonyl ) amino-3-phenylmethyl- 2-oxo-l -piperi di nyl ) -3- (4-thi azol yl ) prop onate .

a: (35 , llR) -3-Phenylmethyl-10bH-oxazolo . 3 , 2-c1 r . 31 benzoxaz ine-2 (3H) , 5-dione :

Following the procedure of H. Block (J. Chem. Soc. (c) , 329, 1971) r Na metal (1.15 g, 50 mmol) was dissolved in 500 ml of absolute ethanol. L-Phenylalanine (8.26 g, 50 mmol) and salicylaldehyde (6.11 g, 50 mmol) were then added and the yellow-green solution was concen¬ trated in vacuo and further dried for 3 h at 50°C under hi-vac. The yellow residue was suspended in dry, ethanol- free chloroform (200 ml), treated with K2C03 (60 g, 450 mmol) , and cooled in an ice-H2θ bath. A solution of phosgene (5.5 g, 55 mmol) in chloroform (100 ml) was added dropwise over 1 h and the reaction was stirred for an additional 2 h at 25°C. Excess phosgene was removed with a stream of dry N2 and the organic solution was decanted. The salts remaining in the reaction flask were washed with several portions of chloroform and the combined organic solutions were washed with water (2x) , half—saturated aqueous NaCl (2x) , saturated aqueous NaCl (lx) , dried (MgSθ4) and concentrated in vacuo to afford a pale yellow solid. Recrystallization from ethyl acetate/hexane provided the title compound as a colorless solid (7.2 g, 58%) .

MS(DCI) : 296 (M+H) + . -

b: (3S.11R) -3-Phenylmethyl -3-(1-(2-propenyl) -1 OhH-oxazolo r_3.2-c1 A.31benzoxazine-2 (3H) . 5-dione. A solution of the resultant compound from Example 184a (886 mg, 3 mmol) in dry THF (15 ml) was cooled to -78°C and then treated with a THF solution of lithium bis (trimethylsilyl)amide (1H, 2.94 ml, 2.94 mmol) . After the addition of DMPU (1.15 g, 9 mmol), the solution was stirred for 15 min at -78°C and then treated with allyl

bromide (725 mg, 6 mmol) . The reaction was stirred for 2 h at -78°C and then warmed to -20°C over 2 hr. The reaction was recooled to -78°C and then acetic acid (100 μl) was added. The solution was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (200 ml) and saturated aqueous citric acid (100 ml) . The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with additional saturated aqueous citric acid (2x) , water (lx) , saturated brine (lx), dried (Na2S04) and concentrated in vacuo to afford a yellow oil. The oil was dissolved in methylene chloride and passed through a 6" plug of silica gel eluting with 12.5% ethyl acetate/hexane. The eluent (200 ml) was concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound as a colorless oil (940 mg, 82%) .

MS(DCI) : 336(M+H) + , 353(M+NH4) + .

c: (S) -2-Amino-2-phenylmethyl-4-pentenoic aci .

A solution of the resultant compound from Example 184b (210 mg, 0.63 mmol) was dissolved in dioxane (9 ml) and treated with a solution of LiOH-H2θ (105 mg, 2.5 mmol) in 4 ml H2O. The green solution was stirred for 1 h at room temperature and then acidified with 10% HCl to pH = 1. After stirring 2 h at R.T. the solution was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in 10% HCl (5 ml) and extracted with diethyl ether (4x) . The aqueous solution was concentrated in vacuo, redissolved in 5 ml H2O and applied to 15 g of Dowex H + form ion-exchange resin. The column was eluted with water (100 ml) and then 1.3 H. ammonium hydroxide. The ninhydrin positive fractions were pooled and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in 10 ml water and concentrated in

vacuo; repeat once more. Finally, the residue was dissolved in water and passed through a C-18 Sep Pa cartridge which was then eluted with 20% methanol/water. The eluent was concentrated in vacuo and dried overnight under hi-vac (50°C, 0.3 mmHg) to afford a colorless powder (85 mg, 65%) .

MS(DCI) : 206(M+H) + , 223(M+NH 4 ) + .

d: (S)-2-Benzyloxycarbonylamino-2-phenylmethyl-4- pentenoic acid. The resultant compound from Example 184c is dissolved in saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and heated with excess N-(benzyloxycarbonloxy) succinimide until no more amino acid remains. The solution is cooled and extracted with ether. The solution is then acidified and extracted with ethyl acetate which is dried and concentrated to afford the title compound.

e: (4S)-3-Benzyloxycarbonyl-4-phenylmethyl-4-(l-(2- propenyl) )-5-oxooxazolidine. The resultant compound from Example 184d (2.30 g, 6.78 mmol), parafori-.aldeh.yde (0.75 g, 25 mmol) and toluenesulfonic acid (0.13 g, 0.68 mmol) were dissolved in toluene and refluxed for 2.5 h during which time the water produced in the reaction was removed by a Dean-Stark trap. The reaction was cooled and diluted with ether. The organic solution was washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (2x) , saturated aqueous sodium chloride (lx) , dried ( a2Sθ4) and concentrated in vacuo to provide a yellow oil. Flash chromatography with ethyl

acetate/hexane mixtures afforded the title compound as a colorless oil (1.53 g, 64%) .

MS(DCI): 352(M+H) + , 369(M+NH4) + .

f: (2S)-3-Benzyloxyoarbonγl-4-(1-(3-hvdroxvpropvl)-4- phenylmethyl-5-pχQθxazplidine. The resultant compound from Example 184e (1.40 g, 3.98 mmol) was dissolved in dry THF and treated dropwise with 9-BBN (11.95 ml, 5.98 mmol). After stirring overnight the mixture was quenched with one ml of water. The reaction flask was immersed in a 25°C water bath followed by the concurrent and dropwise addition of 3R NaOH (10 ml, 30 mmol) and 30% H2O2 (10 ml) . Stirring was continued for 10 min after the addition was completed after which the solution was saturated with solid NaCl. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ether (3x) . The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated aqueous NaHC03 solution, dried over a2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. Flash chromatrography with ethyl acetate/hexane mixtures provided the title compound as a colorless oil (1.12 g, 76%) .

MS(DCI): 387(M+NH 4 )+.

g: (2S)-3-Benzyloxycarbonyl-4-(2-(ethyl carboxaldehyde)-

4-phenylmethyl-5-oχpoxazplidine. The resultant compound from Example 184f (1,11 g, 3 mmol) was dissolved in CH2CI2 (5 ml) and added to a vigorously stirred mixture of PCC (1.75 g, 4. mmol) and 4 A molecular sieves (4 g) in CH2CI2 (100 ml) . Additional portions of PCC (0.8 g, 2 mmol) were added after 30 min

and 45 min. After 1 h total reaction time, the mixture was poured into moist ether (200 ml) . The reaction flask was washed with ether (4x) and the combined organic solutions were filtered through celite and concentrated in vacuo to afford a dark se isolid. The crude product was dissolved in CH2CI2 and filtered through a 4 inch column at florisil. The filtrate (200 ml) was concentrated in vacup to afford the title compound as a light yellow oil (0.63 g, 57%) .

MS(DCI): 385(M+NH4) + .

h: (2S) -Methyl- ( (3S) -( (Benzyloxycarbonyl) lamino-3- phenvl ethvl-2-oxo-1-p peridiny1 ) -3- ( - thiazolyl) ropionate. Following the procedure described in Example 102, the resultant product from Example 184g (630 mg, 1.71 mmol) was reductively aminated with the bis hydrochloride salt of L-(4-thiazolyl)alanine (0.44 g, 1.71 mmol). Following the procedure described in Example 83, the resulting aminoester was treated with anhydrous sodium acetate (1.42 g, 17 mmol) and glacial acetic acid (7 drops) in dry MeoH (30 ml) . After heating for 18 h at 110°C the reaction mixture was treated as in Example 83 to afford a yellow foam. Flash chromatography with ethyl acetate/hexane mixtures provided the title compound as a light yellow foam (463 mg, 53%) .

MS(DCI) : 508(M+H) + .

The compounds of the present invention can be used in the form of salts derived from inorganic or organic acids. These salts include but are not limited to the following:

acetate, adipate, alginate, citrate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate, bisulfate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, digluconate, cyclopentanepropionate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptonate, hexanoate, fumarate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2- hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactate, maleate, methanesulfonate, nicotinate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, oxalate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3- phenylpropionate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, succinate, tartrate, thiocyanate, tosylate, and undecanoate. Also, the basic nitrogen-containing groups can be quaternized with such agents as loweralkyl halides, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chloride, bromides, and iodides; dialkyl sulfates like dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl, and diamyl sulfates, long chain halides such as decyl, lauryl, myristyl and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides, aralkyl halides like benzyl and phenethyl bromides, and others. Water or oil-soluble or dispersible products are thereby obtained.

Examples of acids which may be employed to form pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include such inorganic acids as hydrochloric acid, sulphuric acid and phosphoric acid and such organic acids as oxalic acid, maleic acid, succinic acid and citric acid. Other salts include salts with alkali metals or alkaline earth metals, such as sodium, potassium, calcium or magnesium or with organic bases.

The compounds of the present invention can also be used in the form of prodrugs which include esters. Examples of such esters include a hydroxyl-substituted

compound of formula I which has been acylated with a blocked or unblocked amino acid residue, a phosphate function, or a hemisuccinate residue. The amino acid esters of particular interest are glycine and lysine; however, other amino acid residues can also be used. Other esters include the compounds of formula I wherein a carboxylic acid group has been esterified to provide esters which include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl or benzyl esters. These esters serve as pro-drugs of the compounds of the present invention and serve to increase the solubility of these substances in the gastrointestinal tract. The prodrugs are metabolically converted in vivo to the parent compound of formula I. The preparation of the pro-drug esters is carried out by reacting a hydroxyl- substituted compound of formula I with an activated amino acyl, phosphoryl or hemisuccinyl derivative. The resulting product is then deprotected to provide the desired pro-drug ester. Prodrugs which are esters of carboxylic acid group containing compounds of formula I are prepared by methods known in the art.

The novel compounds of the present invention possess an excellent degree of activity and specificity in treating hypertension in a host. The novel compounds of the present invention are also useful for treating congestive heart failure. The ability of the compounds of the invention to inhibit human renal renin can be demonstrated in vitro by reacting a selected compound at varied concentrations with human renal renin, free from acid proteolytic activity, and with renin substrate (human angiotensinogen) at 37 degrees C and pH of 6.0. At the end of the incubation, the amount of angiotensin I formed is measured by radioimmunoassay and

the molar concentration required to cause 50% inhibition, expressed as the IC 50 , is calculated. When tested in accordance with the foregoing procedure, the compounds of

-7 the invention demonstrated IC ςn 's in the range of 10 to

-10 10 M as seen in Table I.

63C 4.5 73 67 87 1.4 88 28 118 150 119 150 120 650 121 430 122 580 129 1.3 130 0.73 131 3 132 340 140 3.4 141 1.5 142 5.0 143 1.7 144 6.6 145 1.7 146 1.6 147 1.0 151 0.32 152 0.55 156 1.4 141 1.5 142 5.0 143 1.7 144 6.6 145 1.7 146 1.6 147 3.3

151 0. 32

152 0 .55 156 1 . 4

The ability of the compounds of the invention to decrease blood pressure and plasma renin activity in vivo can be determined using the following method.

In Vivo Activity

Male cynomolgous monkeys housed under constant temperature and lighting conditions and weighing 3-5 kg were instrumented with chronic indwelling arterial and venous catheters. Following pretreatment by salt- depletion, the monkeys were dosed by nasogastric tube with 3 mg/kg of the compound of Example 152. The results with three monkeys are shown in Table II.

Tafrle II

Effect of the Compound of Example 152 on Blood Pressure (BP, mmHg) and Plasma Renin Activity (PRA, ng/ l/hr) in Three Salt Depleted Monkeys Following Oral Dosing (3 mσ/kσ)

These results indicate that the compound caused a decrease in blood pressure accompanied by suppression of PRA when administered orally.

The compounds of the invention may also be used with one or more antihypertensive agents selected from the group consisting of diuretics, and/or β-adrenergic blocking agents, central nervous system -acting agents, adrenergic neuron blocking agents, vasodilators, angiotensin I converting enzyme inhibitors, and other antihypertensive agents.

Total daily dose administered to a host in single or divided doses may be-in amounts, for example, from 0.001 to

10 mg/kg body weight daily and more usually 0.01 to 10 mg. Dosage unit compositions may contain such amounts of submultiples thereof to make up the daily dose.

The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration.

It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, route of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, and the severity of the particular disease undergoing therapy.

The compounds of the present invention may be administered orally, parenterally, by inhalation spray, rectally, or topically in dosage unit formulations containing conventional nontoxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants, and vehicles as desired. Topical administration may also involve the use of transdermal administration such as transdermal patches or iontophoresis devices. The term parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous injections, intravenous, intramuscular, intrasternal injection, or infusion techniques.

Injectable preparations, for example, sterile injectable aqueous or oleagenous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a nontoxic

parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water. Ringer's solution, and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventinally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.

Suppositories for ' rectal administration of the drug can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable nonirritating excipient such as cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols which are solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum and release the drug.

Solid dosage forms for oral administration may include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms, the active compound may be admixed with at least one inert diluent such as sucrose lactose or starch. Such dosage forms may also comprise, as is normal practice, additional substances other than inert diluents, e.g., lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate. In the case of capsules, tablets, and pills, the dosage forms may also comprise buffering agents. Tablets and pills can additionally be prepared with enteric coatings.

Liquid dosage forms for oral administration may include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups, and elixirs containing inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as water. Such compositions may also comprise adjuvants, such as wetting agents,

emulsifying and suspending agents, and sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.

The present invention also relates to the use of novel compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing the novel compounds and the use of the compounds and compositions to inhibit renin for treating glaucoma or reducing and/or controlling intraocular pressure. The present invention also relates to the use of novel compounds and pharmaceutical compositions which inhibit renin in combination with a beta-adrenergic antagonist agent or an angiotensin converting enzyme inhibiting compound for treating glaucoma or reducing and/or controlling intraocular pressure.

The present invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions for treating the increase in intraocular pressure associated with the administration of steroidal antiinflammatory agents comprising novel renin inhibiting compounds in combination with a steroidal antiinflammatory compound in a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle.

The present invention also relates to a kit comprising in individual containers in a single package a novel renin inhibiting compound in a suitable pharmaceutical vehicle and a steroidal antiinflammatory compound in a suitable pharmaceutical vehicle and/or a beta-adrenergic antagonist agent in a suitable pharmaceutical vehicle or an angiotensin converting enzyme inhibiting compound in a suitable pharmaceutical vehicle.

The compositions of the invention are administered as topical or systemic pharmaceutical compositions when used for treating or reducing and/or controlling intraocular pressure.

These compositions are preferably administered as topical pharmaceutical compositions suitable for ophthalmic administration, in a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle such as pharmaceutically acceptable sterile aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, suspensions, emulsions, ointments and solid inserts.

Examples of suitable pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles for ophthalmic administration are water, propylene glycol and other pharmaceutically acceptable alcohols, sesame or peanut oil and other pharmaceutically acceptable vegetable oils, petroleum jelly, water soluble ophthalmologically acceptable non-toxic polymers such as methyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose salts, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose; acrylates such as polyaerylie acid salts; ethylacrylates; polyacrylamides; natural products such as gelatin, alginates, pectins, tragacanth, karaya, agar, acacia; starch derivatives such as starch acetate, hydroxyethyl starch ethers, hydroxypropyl starch; as well as other synthetic derivatives such as polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyvinyl methyl ether, polyethylene oxide, carbopol and xantham gum; and mixtures of these polymers. Such compositions may also contain adjuvants such as buffering, preserving, wetting, emulsifying, and dispersing agents. Suitable preserving agents include antibacterial agents such as quaternary ammonium compounds, phenylmercuric salts, benzyl alcohol, phenyl ethanol; and antioxidants such as sodium metabisulfite, butylated hydroxyanisole and butylated hydroxytoluene. Suitable buffering agents include borate, acetate, gluconate and phosphate buffers.

The pharmaceutical ophthalmic compositions of the invention may also be in the form of a solid insert. A solid water soluble or water swellable polymer such as dextran, hydroxyloweralkyl dextran, carboxymethyl dextran, hydroxyloweralkyl cellulose, loweralkyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, polyvinyl alcohol, dextrin, starch, polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyalkylene glycols may be used as the carrier for the drug.

Dosage levels of the active compound in the compositions for treating glaucoma or reducing and/or controlling intraocular pressure may be varied so as to obtain a desired therapeutic response to a particular composition. Generally, the active compound will be administered as an isotonic aqueous solution of from 0.00001 to 1.0 (w/v) percent concentration. More preferably the active compound will be administered as an isotonic aqueous solution of from 0.00001 to 0.1 (w/v) percent concentration.

The term "controlling intraocular pressure" as used herein means the regulation, attenuation and modulation of increased intraocular tension. The term also means that the decrease, in the otherwise elevated intraocular pressure, obtained by the methods and compositions of the invention ' is maintained for a significant period of time as, for example, between consecutive doses of the composition of the invention.

The novel renin inhibiting compounds of the invention may be the only active ingredient for controlling intraocular pressure in the methods and compositions of the invention or may be used in combination with other ingredients which control intraocular pressure such as

beta-adrenergic antagonist compounds. The term "beta- adrenergic antagonist" as used herein means a compound which by binding to betaadrenergic plasma membrane receptors reduces or eliminates sympathetic activity or blocks the effects of exogenously adminstered catecholamines or adrenergic drugs. Examples of beta- adrenergic antagonists are atenolol, metopropol, nadolol, propranolol, timolol, labetalol, betaxolol, carteolol and dilevalol and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Most preferably the beta-adrenergic antagonist is timolol.

Timolol is currently used for treating glaucoma or reducing and/or controlling intraocular pressure, but it has a number of adverse side effects. Accordingly, administration of a composition comprising a combination of a beta-adrenergic antagonist and a novel renin inhibiting compound of the invention could produce a reduction in intraocular pressure equivalent to that produced by a beta- adrenergic antagonist alone, but at a reduced dose level of the beta-adrenergic antagonist. This will result in a reduced level of the beta-adrenergic antagonist related adverse side effects.

The combination composition is administered as a single dosage form containing both the novel renin inhibitor and the beta-adrenergic antagonist. The beta adrenergic antagonist may comprise from 5 mg to about 125 mg of the composition of the invention. The preferred ranges of the components in the composition of the invention in unit dosage form are:

Renin inhibitor: 1 ng to 0.1 mg

Beta-adrenergic antagonist: 5 ug to 125 ug

When the beta-adrenergic antagonist and the novel renin inhibitor are administered as separate compositions the present invention relates to a kit comprising in two separate containers a pharmaceutically acceptable beta- adrenergic antagonist composition and a pharmaceutically acceptable novel renin inhibitor composition, in a single package. A preferred kit comprises a beta-adrenergic antagonist composition and a topical novel renin inhibitor composition. A most preferred kit comprises a topical ophthalmological beta-adrenergic antagonist composition and a topical ophthalmological novel renin inhibitor composition.

The novel renin inhibiting compounds of the invention may also be administered in combination with an angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibiting compound. Examples of angiotensin converting enzyme inhibiting compounds are captopril and enalapril. As was previously mentioned, ACE inhibitors have some undesirable side effects. Accordingly, administration of an ACE inhibitor in combination with a renin inhibitor could produce a reduction in intraocular pressure greater than or equivalent to that of an ACE inhibitor alone, but at a reduced dose level of the ACE inhibitor. This will result in a reduced level of the ACE inhibitor related adverse side effects.

The combination composition is administered as a single dose form containing both the novel renin inhibitor and the angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitor. The ACE inhibitor may comprise from 5 ng to about 50 ug of the compositon of the invention. The preferred ranges of the

components in the composition of the invention in unit dosage form are:

Renin inhibitor: 1 ng to 0.1 mg

ACE inhibitor: 5 ng to 50 ug

When the ACE inhibitor and the novel renin inhibitor are administered as separate compositions the present invention relates to a kit comprising in two separate containers a pharmaceutically acceptable ACE inhibitor composition and a pharmaceutically acceptable novel renin inhibitor composition, in a single package. A preferred kit comprises an ACE inhibitor composition and a topical novel renin inhibitor composition. A most preferred kit comprises a topical ophthalmological ACE inhibitor composition and a topical novel renin inhibitor composition.

Dosage levels of the active compounds in the compositions of the invention may be varied so as to obtain a desired therapeutic response depending on the route of administration, severity of the disease and the response of the patient.

Topical, ophthalmic and systemic administration of steroidal antiinflammatory agents can cause an increase in intraocular pressure. The increase in intraocular pressure can be reduced by the administration of a novel renin inhibiting compound of the invention. Steroidal antiinflammatory agents include hydrocortisone, cortisone, prednisone, prednisolone, dexamethasone, methylprednisolone, triamcinolone, be amethasone, alclometasone, flunisolide, beclomethasone, clorocortolone, diflorasone, halcinonide, fluocinonide, fluocinolone, desoximetasone, medrysone, paramethasone, and

fluorometholone, and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and esters. Preferred steroidal antiinflammatory agents are hydrocortisone, prednisolone, dexamethasone, medrysone and fluorometholone and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and esters. The novel renin inhibitor is administered after use of a steroidal antiinflammatory agent or at the same time, causing reduction and/or control of intraocular pressure.

Various combinations of a topical or oral or injectible dosage form of a steroidal antiinflammatory agent and a topical or oral dosage form of the novel renin inhibitor may be used. A preferred combination comprises a topical steroidal antiinflammatory and a topical novel renin inhibitor. More preferred is a topical ophthalmic dosage form comprising both a steroidal antiinflammatory and a novel renin inhibitor.

When the steroidal antiinflammatory agent and the novel renin inhibitor are administered as separate compositions the present invention relates to a kit comprising in two separate containers a pharmaceutically acceptable steroidal antiinflammatory agent composition and a pharmaceutically acceptable novel renin inhibitor composition, in a single package. A preferred kit comprises a steroidal antiinflammatory composition and a topical novel renin inhibitor composition. A most preferred kit comprises a topical ophthamological steroidal antiinflammatory composition and a topical ophthamological novel renin inhibitor composition.

The combination composition of the invention may contain from about 0.00001 to 1.0 (w/v) percent of the novel renin inhibitor for combined or separate topical

administration. More preferably the amount of the novel renin inhibitor is about 0.00001 to 0.1 (w/v) percent of the composition. The amount of the novel renin inhibitor in a unit dosage form for topical administration to the eye is from about 5 ng to about 0.5 mg, preferably from about 5 ng to about 25 ng. The dose required will depend on the potency of the particular novel renin inhibitor, the severity of the intraocular pressure increase and the response of the individual patient.

The combination composition of the invention may contain from about 0.05 to 1.5 (w/v) percent of the steroidal antiinflammatory for combined or separate topical administration. The amount of the steroidal antiinflammatory in a unit dosage form for topical administration to the eye is from about 20 ug to about 600 ug. The dose required will depend on the potency of the particular steroidal antiinflammatory, the severity of the disease and the response of the individual patient.

When the steroidal antiinflammatory agent of the combination therapeutic method of the invention is administered other than ophthal ically, appropriate doses are well known in the art.

The compositions of the invention may include other therapeutic agents in addition to the novel renin inhibitor, and other agents which reduce and/or control intraocular pressure.

The effect on intraocular pressure of the novel compounds of the invention can be determined in rabbits by using the following method.

Effeots of Topically Administered Renin Inhibiting Compounds on Intraocular Pressure of Rabbits a. Method The antiglaucoma activity of the compounds was tested by measuring the effect on intraocular pressure in rabbits as described by Tinjum, A.M., Acta Ophthalmologica, _≥H, 677 (1972) . Male albino. New Zealand rabbits were placed in restraining devices and the intraocular pressure was measured with an applamatic tonometer. Exactly 0.1 ml of an isotonic saline solution containing a test compound was instilled into the conjuctival sac and the intraocular pressure was measured at 5, 15, 30, 60, 90, 120 and 180 minutes afterwards.

The present invention is also directed to the use of compounds of the formula I in combination with one or more antihypertensive agents independently selected from diuretics, adrenergic blocking agents, vasodilators, calcium channel blockers, angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors, potassium channel activators and other antihypertensive agents.

Representative diuretics include hydrochlorothiazide, chlorothiazide, acetazolamide, amiloride, bumetanide, benzthiazide, ethacrynic acid, furosemide, indacrinone, metolazone, spironolactone, triamterene, chlorthalidone and the like or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Representative adrenergic blocking agents include ■phentolamine, phenoxybenzamine, prazosin, terazosin, tolazine, atenolol, metoprolol, nadolol, propranolol, timolol, carteolol and the like or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Representative vasodilators include hydralazine, minoxidil, diazoxide, nitroprusside and the like or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Representative calcium channel blockers include amrinone, bencyclane, diltiazem, fendiline, flunarizine, nicardipine, nimodipine, perhexilene, verapamil, gallopamil, nifedipine- and the like or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Representative ACE inhibitors include captopril, enalapril, lisinopril and the like or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Representative potassium channel activators include pinacidil and the like or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Other representative antihypertensive agents include sympatholytic agents such as methyldopa, clonidine, guanabenz, reserpine and the like or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Synergistic combinations of a compound of formula I with one or more of the above-mentioned antihypertensive agents are useful for the treatment of hypertension or congestive heart failure.

The compound of formula I and the antihypertensive agent can be administered at the recommended maximum clinical dosage or at lower doses. Dosage levels of the active compounds in the compositions of the invention may be varied so as to obtain a desired therapeutic response depending on the route of administration, severity of the disease and the response of the patient. The combination can be administered as separate compositions or as a single dosage form containing both agents.

In addition, the present invention is directed to the r use of a compound of formula I to inhibit retroviral proteases and in particular to inhibit HIV-1 protease and HIV-2 protease. Compounds of formula I are useful for treatment or prophylaxis of diseases caused by retroviruses, especially acquired immune deficiency syndrome or an HIV infection.

The antiviral activity of compounds of the invention can be demonstrated using the following method.

A mixture of 0.1 ml (4 X 10 β cells/ml) of H9 cells and 0.1 ml (100 infectious units) of HIV-13B was incubated on a shaker for 2 h. The resulting culture was washed three times, resuspended into 2 ml of-medium, and treated with 10 μl of the compound of the invention (5 mM in dimethylsulfoxide) . The control culture was treated in an identical manner except the last step was omitted. After incubation of the culture for eight days without change of medium, an aliquot (0.1 ml) of the supernatent was withdrawn and incubated with fresh H9 cells on a shaker for 2 h. The resulting culture was washed three times, resuspended into 2 ml of medium, and incubated. Virus infectivity was determined using the Abbott HTLV-III antigen E.I.A. method (Paul, et al. , J. Med. Virol., 22. 357 (1987) ) .

The foregoing is merely illustrative of the invention and is not intended to limit the invention to the disclosed compounds . Variations and changes which are obvious to one skilled in the art are intended to be within the scope and nature of the invention which are defined in the appended claims .